9 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bt_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
15 Message Handling System:
74 _
\b1. _
\bI_
\bN_
\bT_
\bR_
\bO_
\bD_
\bU_
\bC_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
80 Although people can travel cross-country in hours and can reach
81 others by telephone in seconds, communications still depend heavily upon
82 paper, most of which is distributed through the mails.
84 There are several major reasons for this continued dependence on
85 written documents. First, a written document may be proofread and
86 corrected prior to its distribution, giving the author complete control
87 over his words. Thus, a written document is better than a telephone
88 conversation in this respect. Second, a carefully written document is
89 far less likely to be misinterpreted or poorly translated than a phone
90 conversation. Third, a signature offers reasonable verification of
91 authorship, which cannot be provided with media such as telegrams.
93 However, the need for fast
\b\b\b\b____, accurate, and reproducible document
94 distribution is obvious. One solution in widespread use is the telefax.
95 Another that is rapidly gaining popularity is electronic mail. Elec-
96 tronic mail is similar to telefax in that the data to be sent are digi-
97 tized, transmitted via phone lines, and turned back into a document at
98 the receiver. The advantage of electronic mail is in its compression
99 factor. Whereas a telefax must scan a page in very fine lines and send
100 all of the black and white information, electronic mail assigns charac-
101 ters fixed codes which can be transmitted as a few bits of information.
102 Telefax presently has the advantage of being able to transmit an arbi-
103 trary page, including pictures, but electronic mail is beginning to deal
104 with this problem. Electronic mail also integrates well with current
105 directions in office automation, allowing documents prepared with
106 sophisticated equipment at one site to be quickly transferred and
107 printed at another site.
109 Currently, most electronic mail is intraorganizational, with mail
110 transfer remaining within one computer. As computer networking becomes
111 more common, however, it is becoming more feasible to communicate with
112 anyone whose computer can be linked to your own via a network.
114 The pioneering efforts on general-purpose electronic mail were by
115 organizations using the DoD ARPAnet[1]. The capability to send messages
116 between computers existed before the ARPAnet was developed, but it was
117 used only in limited ways. With the advent of the ARPAnet, tools began
118 to be developed which made it convenient for individuals or organiza-
119 tions to distribute messages over broad geographic areas, using diverse
120 computer facilities. The interest and activity in message systems has
121 now reached such proportions that steps have been taken within the DoD
122 to coordinate and unify the development of military message systems.
123 The use of electronic mail is expected to increase dramatically in the
124 next few years. The utility of such systems in the command and control
125 and intelligence environments is clear, and applications in these areas
140 will probably lead the way. As the costs for sending and handling elec-
141 tronic messages continue their rapid decrease, such uses can be expected
142 to spread rapidly into other areas and, of course, will not be limited
145 A message system provides tools that help users (individuals or
146 organizations) deal with messages in various ways. Messages must be
147 composed, sent, received, stored, retrieved, forwarded, and replied to.
148 Today's best interactive computer systems provide a variety of word-
149 processing and information handling capabilities. The message handling
150 facilities should be well integrated with the rest of the system, so as
151 to be a graceful extension of overall system capability.
153 The message system described in this report, _
\bM_
\bH, provides most of
154 the features that can be found in other message systems and also incor-
155 porates some new ones. It has been built on the UNIX time-sharing sys-
156 tem[2], a popular operating system for the DEC PDP-11[1] and VAX-11
157 classes of computers. A "secure" operating system similar to UNIX is
158 currently being developed[3], and that system will also run _
\bM_
\bH.
160 This report provides a complete description of _
\bM_
\bH and thus may
161 serve as a user's manual, although parts of the report will be of
162 interest to non-users as well. Sections 2 and 3, the Overview and
163 Tutorial, present the key ideas of _
\bM_
\bH and will give those not familiar
164 with message systems an idea of what such systems are like.
166 _
\bM_
\bH consists of a set of commands which use some special files and
167 conventions. The final section is divided into three parts. The first
168 part covers the information a user needs to know in addition to the com-
169 mands. Then, each of the _
\bM_
\bH commands is described in detail. Finally,
170 other obscure details are revealed. A summary of the commands is given
171 in Appendix A, and the syntax of message sequences is given in Appendix
174 A novel approach has been taken in the design of _
\bM_
\bH. Instead of
175 creating a large subsystem that appears as a single command to the user
176 (such as MS[4]), _
\bM_
\bH is a collection of separate commands which are run
177 as separate programs. The file and directory system of UNIX are used
178 directly. Messages are stored as individual files (datasets), and col-
179 lections of them are grouped into directories. In contrast, most other
180 message systems store messages in a complicated data structure within a
181 monolithic file. With the _
\bM_
\bH approach, UNIX commands can be interleaved
182 with commands invoking the functions of the message handler. Con-
183 versely, existing UNIX commands can be used in connection with messages.
184 For example, all the usual UNIX editing, text-formatting, and printing
185 facilities can be applied directly to individual messages. MH, there-
186 fore, consists of a relatively small amount of new code; it makes exten-
187 sive use of other UNIX software to provide the capabilities found in
190 [1] PDP and VAX are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation.
206 other message systems.
272 _
\b2. _
\bO_
\bV_
\bE_
\bR_
\bV_
\bI_
\bE_
\bW
278 There are three main aspects of _
\bM_
\bH : the way messages are
279 stored (the message database), the user's profile (which directs how
280 certain actions of the message handler take place), and the commands for
281 dealing with messages.
283 Under _
\bM_
\bH, each message is stored as a separate file. A user can
284 take any action with a message that he could with an ordinary file in
285 UNIX. A UNIX directory in which messages are stored is called a folder.
286 Each folder contains some standard entries to support the message-
287 handling functions. The messages in a folder have numerical names.
288 These folders (directories) are entries in a particular directory path,
289 described in the user profile, through which _
\bM_
\bH can find message fold-
290 ers. Using the UNIX "link" facility, it is possible for one copy of a
291 message to be "filed" in more than one folder, providing a message index
292 facility. Also, using the UNIX tree-structured file system, it is pos-
293 sible to have a folder within a folder, nested arbitrarily deep, and
294 have the full power of the _
\bM_
\bH commands available.
296 Each user of _
\bM_
\bH has a user profile, a file in his $HOME (initial
297 login) directory called ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be. This profile contains several
298 pieces of information used by the _
\bM_
\bH commands: a path name to the direc-
299 tory that contains the message folders and parameters that tailor _
\bM_
\bH
300 commands to the individual user's requirements. There is also another
301 file, called the user context, which contains information concerning
302 which folder the user last referenced (the "current" folder). It also
303 contains most of the necessary state information concerning how the user
304 is dealing with his messages, enabling _
\bM_
\bH to be implemented as a set of
305 individual UNIX commands, in contrast to the usual approach of a monol-
308 In _
\bM_
\bH, incoming mail is appended to the end of a file in a system
309 spooling area for the user. This area is called the mail drop direc-
310 tory, and the file is called the user's mail drop. Normally when the
311 user logins in, s/he is informed of new mail (or the _
\bM_
\bH program _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk
312 may be run). The user adds the new messages to his/her collection of _
\bM_
\bH
313 messages by invoking the command _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc. The _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (incorporate) command
314 adds the new messages to a folder called "inbox", assigning them names
315 which are consecutive integers starting with the next highest integer
316 available in inbox. _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc also produces a _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn summary of the messages
317 thus incorporated. A folder can be compacted into a single file, for
318 easy storage, by using the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf command. Also, messages within a
319 folder can be sorted by date and time with the _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm command.
322 There are four commands for examining the messages in a folder:
323 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv, _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt, and _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn. The _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw command displays a message in a
338 folder, _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv displays the message preceding the current message, and
339 _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt displays the message following the current message. _
\bM_
\bH lets the
340 user choose the program that displays individual messages. A special
341 program, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl, can be used to display messages according to the user's
342 preferences. The _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn command summarizes the messages in a folder, nor-
343 mally producing one line per message, showing who the message is from,
344 the date, the subject, etc.
346 The user may move a message from one folder to another with the
347 command _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be. Messages may be removed from a folder by means of the
348 command _
\br_
\bm_
\bm. In addition, a user may query what the current folder is
349 and may specify that a new folder become the current folder, through the
350 command _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br. All folders may be summarized with the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs command.
351 A message folder (or subfolder) may be removed by means of the command
354 A set of messages based on content may be selected by use of the
355 command _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk. This command searches through messages in a folder and
356 selects those that match a given set of criteria. These messages are
357 then bound to a "sequence" name for use with other _
\bM_
\bH commands. The
358 _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command manipulates these sequences.
360 There are five commands enabling the user to create new messages
361 and send them: _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, and _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp command pro-
362 vides the facility for the user to compose a new message; _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt redistri-
363 butes mail to additional addressees; _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw enables the user to forward
364 messages; and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl facilitates the generation of a reply to an incoming
365 message. The last three commands may optionally annotate the original
366 message. Messages may be arbitrarily annotated with the _
\ba_
\bn_
\bn_
\bo command.
367 Once a draft has been constructed by one of the four above composition
368 programs, a user-specifiable program is run to query the user as to the
369 disposition of the draft prior to sending. _
\bM_
\bH provides the simple _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\b-
370 _
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program to start users off. If a message is not sent directly by
371 one of these commands, it may be sent at a later time using the command
372 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd. _
\bM_
\bH allows the use of any UNIX editor when composing a message.
373 For rapid entry, a special editor, _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br, is provided. For programs,
374 a special mail-sending program, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl, is provided.
376 _
\bM_
\bH supports a personal aliasing facility which gives users the
377 capability to considerably shorten address typein and use meaningful
378 names for addresses. The _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi program can be used to query _
\bM_
\bH as to the
379 expansion of a list of aliases. After composing a message, but prior to
380 sending, the _
\bw_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm command can be used to determine exactly who a message
383 _
\bM_
\bH provides a natural interface for telling the user's shell the
384 names of _
\bM_
\bH messages and folders. The _
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh program achieves this
387 Finally, _
\bM_
\bH supports the UCI BBoards facility. _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc can be used to
388 query the status of a group of BBoards, while _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh can be used to read
389 them. The _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt command can be used to "shred" digests of messages into
406 All of the elements summarized above are described in more detail
407 in the following sections. Many of the normal facilities of UNIX pro-
408 vide additional capabilities for dealing with messages in various ways.
409 For example, it is possible to print messages on the line-printer
410 without requiring any additional code within _
\bM_
\bH . Using standard UNIX
411 facilities, any terminal output can be redirected to a file for repeated
412 or future viewing. In general, the flexibility and capabilities of the
413 UNIX interface with the user are preserved as a result of the integra-
414 tion of _
\bM_
\bH into the UNIX structure.
470 _
\b3. _
\bT_
\bU_
\bT_
\bO_
\bR_
\bI_
\bA_
\bL
476 This tutorial provides a brief introduction to the _
\bM_
\bH commands. It
477 should be sufficient to allow the user to read his mail, do some simple
478 manipulations of it, and create and send messages.
480 A message has two major pieces: the header and the body. The body
481 consists of the text of the message (whatever you care to type in). It
482 follows the header and is separated from it by an empty line. (When you
483 compose a message, the form that appears on your terminal shows a line
484 of dashes after the header. This is for convenience and is replaced by
485 an empty line when the message is sent.) The header is composed of
486 several components, including the subject of the message and the person
487 to whom it is addressed. Each component starts with a name and a colon;
488 components must not start with a blank. The text of the component may
489 take more than one line, but each continuation line must start with a
490 blank. Messages typically have "To:", "cc:", and "Subject:" components.
491 When composing a message, you should include the "To:" and "Subject:"
492 components; the "cc:" (for people you want to send copies to) is not
495 The basic _
\bM_
\bH commands are _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc, _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn, _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt, _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv, _
\br_
\bm_
\bm, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp,
496 and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl. These are described below.
500 When you get the message "You have mail", type the command _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc.
501 You will get a "scan listing" such as:
503 7+ 7/13 Cas revival of measurement work
504 8 10/ 9 Norm NBS people and publications
505 9 11/26 To:norm question <<Are there any functions
507 This shows the messages you received since the last time you exe-
508 cuted this command (_
\bi_
\bn_
\bc adds these new messages to your inbox folder).
509 You can see this list again, plus a list of any other messages you have,
510 by using the _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn command.
514 The scan listing shows the message number, followed by the date and
515 the sender. (If you are the sender, the addressee in the "To:" com-
516 ponent is displayed. You may send yourself a message by including your
517 name among the "To:" or "cc:" addressees.) It also shows the message's
518 subject; if the subject is short, the first part of the body of the mes-
519 sage is included after the characters <<.
538 This command shows the current message, that is, the first one of
539 the new messages after an _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc. If the message is not specified by name
540 (number), it is generally the last message referred to by an _
\bM_
\bH command.
544 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw 5 will show message 5.
547 You can use the show command to copy a message or print a message.
550 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw > _
\bx will copy the message to file x.
551 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw | _
\bl_
\bp_
\br will print the message, using the _
\bl_
\bp_
\br command.
552 _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt will show the message that follows the current message.
553 _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv will show the message previous to the current message.
554 _
\br_
\bm_
\bm will remove the current message.
555 _
\br_
\bm_
\bm _
\b3 will remove message 3.
560 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp command puts you in the editor to write or edit a message.
561 Fill in or delete the "To:", "cc:", and "Subject:" fields, as appropri-
562 ate, and type the body of the message. Then exit normally from the edi-
563 tor. You will be asked "What now?". Type a carriage return to see the
564 options. Typing send will cause the message to be sent; typing quit
565 will cause an exit from _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, with the message draft saved.
567 If you quit without sending the message, it will be saved in a file
568 called <name>/Mail/draft (where <name> is your $HOME directory). You
569 can resume editing the message later with "comp -use"; or you can send
570 the message later, using the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd command.
572 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp -_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br
574 This command uses a different editor and is useful for preparing
575 "quick and dirty" messages. It prompts you for each component of the
576 header. Type the information for that component, or type a carriage
577 return to omit the component. After that, type the body of the message.
578 Backspacing is the only form of editing allowed with this editor. When
579 the body is complete, type a carriage return followed by <EOT> (usually
580 <CTRL-D>). This completes the initial preparation of the message; from
581 then on, use the same procedures as with _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (above).
586 This command makes up an initial message form with a header that is
587 appropriate for replying to an existing message. The message being
602 answered is the current message if no message number is mentioned, or n
603 if a number is specified. After the header is completed, you can finish
604 the message as in _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (above).
606 This is enough information to get you going using _
\bM_
\bH. There are
607 more commands, and the commands described here have more features. Sub-
608 sequent sections explain _
\bM_
\bH in complete detail. The system is quite
609 powerful if you want to use its sophisticated features, but the forego-
610 ing commands suffice for sending and receiving messages.
612 There are numerous additional capabilities you may wish to explore.
613 For example, the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk command will select a subset of messages based on
614 specified criteria such as sender and/or subject. Groups of messages
615 may be designated, as described in Sec. IV, under Message Naming. The
616 file ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be can be used to tailor your use of the message system to
617 your needs and preferences, as described in Sec. IV, under The User Pro-
618 file. In general, you may learn additional features of the system
619 selectively, according to your requirements, by studying the relevant
620 sections of this manual. There is no need to learn all the details of
668 _
\b4. _
\bD_
\bE_
\bT_
\bA_
\bI_
\bL_
\bE_
\bD _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
674 This section describes the _
\bM_
\bH system in detail, including the com-
675 ponents of the user profile, the conventions for message naming, and
676 some of the other _
\bM_
\bH conventions. Readers who are generally familiar
677 with computer systems will be able to follow the principal ideas,
678 although some details may be meaningful only to those familiar with
682 _
\bT_
\bH_
\bE _
\bU_
\bS_
\bE_
\bR _
\bP_
\bR_
\bO_
\bF_
\bI_
\bL_
\bE
684 The first time an _
\bM_
\bH command is issued by a new user, the system
685 prompts for a "Path" and creates an _
\bM_
\bH "profile".
687 Each _
\bM_
\bH user has a profile which contains tailoring information for
688 each individual program. Other profile entries control the _
\bM_
\bH path
689 (where folders and special files are kept), folder and message protec-
690 tions, editor selection, and default arguments for each _
\bM_
\bH program.
691 Each user of _
\bM_
\bH also has a context file which contains current state
692 information for the _
\bM_
\bH package (the location of the context file is kept
693 in the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory, or may be named in the user profile). When
694 a folder becomes the current folder, it is recorded in the user's con-
695 text. (Other state information is kept in the context file, see the
696 manual entry for _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (5) for more details.) In general, the term
697 "profile entry" refer to entries in either the profile or context file.
698 Users of _
\bM_
\bH needn't worry about the distinction, _
\bM_
\bH handles these things
701 The _
\bM_
\bH profile is stored in the file ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be in the user's
702 $HOME directory[1]. It has the format of a message without any body.
703 That is, each profile entry is on one line, with a keyword followed by a
704 colon (:) followed by text particular to the keyword.
705 => _
\bT_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt _
\bh_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bb_
\bl_
\ba_
\bn_
\bk _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs.
706 The keywords may have any combination of upper and lower case. (See the
707 information of _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl later on in this manual for a description of mes-
710 For the average _
\bM_
\bH user, the only profile entry of importance is
711 "Path". Path specifies a directory in which _
\bM_
\bH folders and certain
712 files such as "draft" are found. The argument to this keyword must be a
713 legal UNIX path that names an existing directory. If this path is not
714 absolute (i.e., does not begin with a / ), it will be presumed to start
717 [1] By defining the envariable $MH, you can specify an alternate pro-
718 file to be used by _
\bM_
\bH commands.
734 from the user's $HOME directory. All folder and message references
735 within _
\bM_
\bH will relate to this path unless full path names are used.
737 Message protection defaults to 644, and folder protection to 711.
738 These may be changed by profile entries "Msg-Protect" and "Folder-
739 Protect", respectively. The argument to these keywords is an octal
740 number which is used as the UNIX file mode[2].
742 When an _
\bM_
\bH program starts running, it looks through the user's pro-
743 file for an entry with a keyword matching the program's name. For exam-
744 ple, when _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp is run, it looks for a "comp" profile entry. If one is
745 found, the text of the profile entry is used as the default switch set-
746 ting until all defaults are overridden by explicit switches passed to
747 the program as arguments. Thus the profile entry
748 "comp: -form standard.list" would direct _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp to use the file
749 "standard.list" as the message skeleton. If an explicit form switch is
750 given to the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp command, it will override the switch obtained from the
753 In UNIX, a program may exist under several names, either by linking
754 or aliasing. The actual invocation name is used by an _
\bM_
\bH program when
755 scanning for its profile defaults[3]. Thus, each _
\bM_
\bH program may have
756 several names by which it can be invoked, and each name may have a dif-
757 ferent set of default switches. For example, if _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp is invoked by the
758 name _
\bi_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, the profile entry "icomp" will control the default switches
759 for this invocation of the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp program. This provides a powerful
760 definitional facility for commonly used switch settings.
762 The default editor for editing within _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt,
763 is usually _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br, but might be something else at your site, such as
764 /_
\bu_
\bs_
\br/_
\bu_
\bc_
\bb/_
\be_
\bx or /_
\bb_
\bi_
\bn/_
\be. A different editor may be used by specifying the
765 profile entry "Editor: ". The argument to "Editor" is the name of an
766 executable program or shell command file which can be found via the
767 user's $PATH defined search path, excluding the current directory. The
768 "Editor:" profile specification may in turn be overridden by a
769 `-editor <editor>' profile switch associated with _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, or
770 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt. Finally, an explicit editor switch specified with any of these
771 four commands will have ultimate precedence.
773 During message composition, more than one editor may be used. For
774 example, one editor (such as _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br ) may be used initially, and a
777 [2] See _
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\bo_
\bd (1) in the _
\bU_
\bN_
\bI_
\bX _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bm_
\bm_
\be_
\br'_
\bs _
\bM_
\ba_
\bn_
\bu_
\ba_
\bl [5].
778 [3] Unfortunately, the shell does not preserve aliasing information
779 when calling a program, hence if a program is invoked by an alias dif-
780 ferent than its name, the program will examine the profile entry for
781 it's name, not the alias that the user invoked it as. The correct solu-
782 tion is to create a (soft) link in your $_
\bH_
\bO_
\bM_
\bE/_
\bb_
\bi_
\bn directory to the _
\bM_
\bH
783 program of your choice. By giving this link a different name, you can
784 use an alternate set of defaults for the command.
800 second editor may be invoked later to revise the message being composed
801 (see the discussion of _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp in Section 5 for details). A profile entry
802 "<lasteditor>-next: <editor>" specifies the name of the editor to be
803 used after a particular editor. Thus "comp: -e prompter" causes the
804 initial text to be collected by _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br, and the profile entry
805 "prompter-next: ed" names ed as the editor to be invoked for the next
808 Some of the _
\bM_
\bH commands, such as _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, can be used on message fold-
809 ers owned by others, if those folders are readable. However, you cannot
810 write in someone else's folder. All the _
\bM_
\bH command actions not requir-
811 ing write permission may be used with a "read-only" folder.
813 Table 1 lists examples of some of the currently defined profile
814 entries, typical arguments, and the programs that reference the entries.
869 ______________________________________________________
871 _
\bM_
\bH Programs that
872 Keyword and Argument use Component
\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b\b______________________________________________________
875 Current-Folder: inbox Most
876 Editor: /usr/ucb/ex _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl
877 Inbox: inbox _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc, _
\br_
\bm_
\bf
878 Msg-Protect: 644 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc
879 Folder-Protect: 711 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk, _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
880 <program>: default switches All
881 prompter-next: ed _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl
882 ______________________________________________________
885 Path should
\b\b\b\b\b\b______ be present. Current-Folder is maintained automatically
886 by many _
\bM_
\bH commands (see the Context sections of the individual commands
887 in Sec. IV). All other entries are optional, defaulting to the values
891 _
\bM_
\bE_
\bS_
\bS_
\bA_
\bG_
\bE _
\bN_
\bA_
\bM_
\bI_
\bN_
\bG
893 Messages may be referred to explicitly or implicitly when using _
\bM_
\bH
894 commands. A formal syntax of message names is given in Appendix B, but
895 the following description should be sufficient for most _
\bM_
\bH users. Some
896 details of message naming that apply only to certain commands are
897 included in the description of those commands.
899 Most of the _
\bM_
\bH commands accept arguments specifying one or more
900 folders, and one or more messages to operate on. The use of the word
901 "msg" as an argument to a command means that exactly one message name
902 may be specified. A message name may be a number, such as 1, 33, or
903 234, or it may be one of the "reserved" message names: first, last,
904 prev, next, and cur. (As a shorthand, a period (.) is equivalent to
905 cur.) The meanings of these names are straightforward: "first" is the
906 first message in the folder; "last" is the last message in the folder;
907 "prev" is the message numerically previous to the current message;
908 "next" is the message numerically following the current message; "cur"
909 (or ".") is the current message in the folder. In addition, _
\bM_
\bH supports
910 user-defined-sequences; see the description of the _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command for more
913 The default in commands that take a "msg" argument is always "cur".
915 The word "msgs" indicates that several messages may be specified.
916 Such a specification consists of several message designations separated
917 by spaces. A message designation is either a message name or a message
932 range. A message range is a specification of the form name1-name2 or
933 name1:n, where name1 and name2 are message names and n is an integer.
934 The first form designates all the messages from name1 to name2
935 inclusive; this must be a non-empty range. The second form specifies up
936 to n messages, starting with name1 if name1 is a number, or first, cur,
937 or next, and ending with name1 if name1 is last or prev. This interpre-
938 tation of n is overridden if n is preceded by a plus sign or a minus
939 sign; +n always means up to n messages starting with name1, and -n
940 always means up to n messages ending with name1. Repeated specifica-
941 tions of the same message have the same effect as a single specification
942 of the message. Examples of specifications are:
951 The message name "all" is a shorthand for "first-last", indicating
952 all of the messages in the folder.
954 In commands that accept "msgs" arguments, the default is either cur
955 or all, depending on which makes more sense.
957 In all of the _
\bM_
\bH commands, a plus sign preceding an argument indi-
958 cates a folder name. Thus, "+inbox" is the name of the user's standard
959 inbox. If an explicit folder argument is given to an _
\bM_
\bH command, it
960 will become the current folder (that is, the "Current-Folder:" entry in
961 the user's profile will be changed to this folder). In the case of the
962 _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be command, which can have multiple output folders, a new source
963 folder (other than the default current folder) is specified by
967 _
\bO_
\bT_
\bH_
\bE_
\bR _
\bM_
\bH _
\bC_
\bO_
\bN_
\bV_
\bE_
\bN_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bS
969 One very powerful feature of _
\bM_
\bH is that the _
\bM_
\bH commands may be
970 issued from any current directory, and the proper path to the appropri-
971 ate folder(s) will be taken from the user's profile. If the _
\bM_
\bH path is
972 not appropriate for a specific folder or file, the automatic prepending
973 of the _
\bM_
\bH path can be avoided by beginning a folder or file name with /,
974 or with ./ or ../ component. Thus any specific absolute path may be
975 specified along with any path relative to the current working directory.
977 Arguments to the various programs may be given in any order, with
978 the exception of a few switches whose arguments must follow immediately,
979 such as `-src +folder' for _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be.
981 Whenever an _
\bM_
\bH command prompts the user, the valid options will be
982 listed in response to a <RETURN>. (The first of the listed options is
983 the default if end-of-file is encountered, such as from a command file.)
998 A valid response is any _
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bq_
\bu_
\be abbreviation of one of the listed
1001 Standard UNIX documentation conventions are used in this report to
1002 describe _
\bM_
\bH command syntax. Arguments enclosed in brackets ([ ]) are
1003 optional; exactly one of the arguments enclosed within braces ({ }) must
1004 be specified, and all other arguments are required. The use of ellipsis
1005 dots (...) indicates zero or more repetitions of the previous item. For
1006 example, "+folder ..." would indicate that one or more "+folder" argu-
1007 ments is required and "[+folder ...]" indicates that 0 or more "+folder"
1008 arguments may be given.
1010 _
\bM_
\bH departs from UNIX standards by using switches that consist of
1011 more than one character, e.g. `-header'. To minimize typing, only a
1012 unique abbreviation of a switch need be typed; thus, for `-header',
1013 `-hea' is probably sufficient, depending on the other switches the com-
1014 mand accepts. Each _
\bM_
\bH program accepts the switch `-help' (which must be
1015 spelled out fully) and produces a syntax description and a list of
1016 switches. In the list of switches, parentheses indicate required char-
1017 acters. For example, all `-help' switches will appear as "-(help)",
1018 indicating that no abbreviation is accepted. Furthermore, the `-help'
1019 switch tells the version of the _
\bM_
\bH program you invoked.
1021 Many _
\bM_
\bH switches have both on and off forms, such as `-format' and
1022 `-noformat'. In many of the descriptions which follow, only one form is
1023 defined; the other form, often used to nullify profile switch settings,
1024 is assumed to be the opposite.
1064 _
\bM_
\bH _
\bC_
\bO_
\bM_
\bM_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD_
\bS
1066 The _
\bM_
\bH package comprises several programs:
1068 ali (1) - list mail aliases
1069 anno (1) - annotate messages
1070 bbc (1) - check on BBoards
1071 bboards (1) - the UCI BBoards facility
1072 burst (1) - explode digests into messages
1073 comp (1) - compose a message
1074 dist (1) - redistribute a message to additional addresses
1075 folder (1) - set/list current folder/message
1076 folders (1) - list all folders
1077 forw (1) - forward messages
1078 inc (1) - incorporate new mail
1079 mark (1) - mark messages
1080 mhl (1) - produce formatted listings of MH messages
1081 mhmail (1) - send or read mail
1082 mhook (1) - MH receive-mail hooks
1083 mhparam (1) - print MH profile components
1084 mhpath (1) - print full pathnames of MH messages and folders
1085 msgchk (1) - check for messages
1086 msh (1) - MH shell (and BBoard reader)
1087 next (1) - show the next message
1088 packf (1) - compress a folder into a single file
1089 pick (1) - select messages by content
1090 prev (1) - show the previous message
1091 prompter (1) - prompting editor front end
1092 rcvstore (1) - incorporate new mail asynchronously
1093 refile (1) - file messages in other folders
1094 repl (1) - reply to a message
1095 rmf (1) - remove folder
1096 rmm (1) - remove messages
1097 scan (1) - produce a one line per message scan listing
1098 send (1) - send a message
1099 show (1) - show (list) messages
1100 slocal (1) - special local mail delivery
1101 sortm (1) - sort messages
1102 vmh (1) - visual front-end to MH
1103 whatnow (1) - prompting front-end for send
1104 whom (1) - report to whom a message would go
1107 These programs are described below. The form of the descriptions
1108 conforms to the standard form for the description of UNIX commands.
1131 ali - list mail aliases
1133 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1134 ali [-alias aliasfile] [-list] [-nolist] [-normalize]
1135 [-nonormalize] [-user] [-nouser] aliases ... [-help]
1137 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1139 _
\bA_
\bl_
\bi searches the named mail alias files for each of the given
1140 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs. It creates a list of addresses for those _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs, and
1141 writes that list on standard output. If the `-list' option is
1142 specified, each address appears on a separate line; otherwise, the
1143 addresses are separated by commas and printed on as few lines as
1146 The `-user' option directs _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi to perform its processing in an
1147 inverted fashion: instead of listing the addresses that each given
1148 alias expands to, _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi will list the aliases that expand to each
1149 given address. If the `-normalize' switch is given, _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi will try
1150 to track down the official hostname of the address.
1152 The files specified by the profile entry "Aliasfile:" and any addi-
1153 tional alias files given by the `-alias aliasfile' switch will be
1154 read. Each _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs is processed as described in _
\bm_
\bh-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (5).
1156 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1157 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
1158 /etc/passwd List of users
1159 /etc/group List of groups
1162 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1163 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
1164 Aliasfile: For a default alias file
1167 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
1171 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
1172 `-alias /usr/local/lib/mh/MailAliases'
1178 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
1183 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1197 The `-user' option with `-nonormalize' is not entirely accurate, as
1198 it does not replace local nicknames for hosts with their official
1249 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1259 ANNO(1) -19- ANNO(1)
1263 anno - annotate messages
1265 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1266 anno [+folder] [msgs] [-component field] [-inplace] [-noinplace]
1267 [-date] [-nodate] [-text body] [-help]
1269 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1271 _
\bA_
\bn_
\bn_
\bo annotates the specified messages in the named folder using the
1272 field and body. Annotation is optionally performed by _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw,
1273 and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, to keep track of your distribution of, forwarding of, and
1274 replies to a message. By using _
\ba_
\bn_
\bn_
\bo, you can perform arbitrary
1275 annotations of your own. Each message selected will be annotated
1281 The `-nodate' switch inhibits the date annotation, leaving only the
1282 body annotation. The `-inplace' switch causes annotation to be
1283 done in place in order to preserve links to the annotated message.
1285 The field specified should be a valid 822-style message field name,
1286 which means that it should consist of alphanumerics (or dashes)
1287 only. The body specified is arbitrary text.
1289 If a `-component field' is not specified when _
\ba_
\bn_
\bn_
\bo is invoked, _
\ba_
\bn_
\bn_
\bo
1290 will prompt the user for the name of field for the annotation.
1292 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1293 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
1296 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1297 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
1298 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
1301 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
1302 dist (1), forw (1), repl (1)
1305 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
1306 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
1307 `msgs' defaults to cur
1315 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1325 ANNO(1) -20- ANNO(1)
1328 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
1329 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. The first
1330 message annotated will become the current message.
1381 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1395 bbc - check on BBoards
1397 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1398 bbc [bboards ...] [-topics] [-check] [-read] [-quiet] [-verbose]
1399 [-archive] [-noarchive] [-protocol] [-noprotocol]
1400 [-mshproc program] [switches for _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-rcfile rcfile]
1401 [-norcfile] [-file BBoardsfile] [-user BBoardsuser] [-help]
1403 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1405 _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc is a BBoard reading/checking program that interfaces to the
1408 The _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc program has three action switches which direct its opera-
1411 The `-read' switch invokes the _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh program on the named _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs.
1412 If you also specify the `-archive' switch, then _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc will invoke
1413 the _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh program on the archives of the named _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs. If no
1414 _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs are given on the command line, and you specified
1415 `-archive', _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc will not read your `bboards' profile entry, but
1416 will read the archives of the "system" _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd instead.
1418 The `-check' switch types out status information for the named
1419 _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs. _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc can print one of several messages depending on the
1420 status of both the BBoard and the user's reading habits. As with
1421 each of these messages, the number given is the item number of the
1422 last item placed in the BBoard. This number (which is marked in
1423 the messages as the "BBoard-Id") is ever increasing. Hence, when
1424 _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc says "n items", it really means that the highest BBoard-Id is
1425 "n". There may, or may not actually be "n" items in the BBoard.
1426 Some common messages are:
1428 BBoard -- n items unseen
1429 This message tells how many items the user has not yet
1430 seen. When invoked with the `-quiet' switch, this is the
1431 only informative line that _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc will possibly print out.
1434 The BBoard is empty.
1436 BBoard -- n items (none seen)
1437 The BBoard has items in it, but the user hasn't seen any.
1439 BBoard -- n items (all seen)
1440 The BBoard is non-empty, and the user has seen everything
1443 BBoard -- n items seen out of m
1444 The BBoard has at most m-n items that the user has not
1447 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1460 The `-topics' switch directs _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc to print three items about the
1461 named _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs: it's official name, the number of items present, and
1462 the date and time of the last update. If no _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs are named,
1463 then all BBoards are listed. If the `-verbose' switch is given,
1464 more information is output.
1466 The `-quiet' switch specifies that _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc should be silent if no
1467 _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs are found with new information. The `-verbose' switch
1468 specifies that _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc is to consider you to be interested in _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs
1469 that you've already seen everything in.
1471 To override the default _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc and the profile entry, use the
1472 `-mshproc program' switch. Any arguments not understood by _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc are
1473 passed to this program. The `-protocol' switch tells _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc that your
1474 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc knows about the special _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc protocol for reporting back
1475 information. _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh (1), the default _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, knows all about this.
1477 The `-file BBoardsfile' switch tells _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc to use a non-standard
1478 _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs file when performing its calculations. Similarly, the
1479 `-user BBoardsuser' switch tells _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc to use a non-standard user-
1480 name. Both of these switches are useful for debugging a new
1481 _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs or _
\bP_
\bO_
\bP file.
1483 The ._
\bb_
\bb_
\br_
\bc file in the user's $HOME directory is used to keep track
1484 of what messages have been read. The `-rcfile rcfile' switch over-
1485 rides the use of ._
\bb_
\bb_
\br_
\bc for this purpose. If the value given to the
1486 switch is not absolute, (i.e., does not begin with a / ), it will
1487 be presumed to start from the current working directory. If this
1488 switch is not given (or the `-norcfile' switch is given), then _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc
1489 consults the envariable $MHBBRC, and honors it similarly.
1491 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1492 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
1493 $HOME/.bbrc BBoard "current" message information
1496 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1497 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
1498 bboards: To specify interesting BBoards
1499 mshproc: Program to read a given BBoard
1502 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
1503 bbl(1), bboards(1), msh(1)
1513 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1526 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
1530 `bboards' defaults to "system"
1531 `-file /usr/spool/bboards/BBoards'
1535 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
1540 The `-user' switch takes effect only if followed by the `-file'
1579 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1589 BBOARDS(1) -24- BBOARDS(1)
1593 bboards - the UCI BBoards facility
1595 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1596 bbc [-check] [-read] bboards ... [-help]
1598 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1600 The home directory of _
\bb_
\bb_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs is where the BBoard system is kept.
1601 This documentation describes some of the nuances of the BBoard sys-
1605 A BBoard is just a file containing a group of messages relat-
1606 ing to the same topic. These files live in the ~bboards home
1607 directory. Each message in a BBoard file has in its header
1608 the line "BBoard-Id: n", where "n" is an ascending decimal
1609 number. This id-number is unique for each message in a
1610 BBoards file. It should NOT be confused with the message
1611 number of a message, which can change as messages are removed
1615 To read BBoards, use the _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc and _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh programs. The _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh com-
1616 mand is a monolithic program which contains all the func-
1617 tionality of _
\bM_
\bH in a single program. The `-check' switch to
1618 _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc lets you check on the status of BBoards, and the `-read'
1619 switch tells _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc to invoke _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh to read those BBoards.
1622 Both public, and private BBoards are supported. Contact the
1623 mail address _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bM_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br if you'd like to have a BBoard
1627 Each BBoard has associated with it 4 addresses, these are (for
1628 the ficticious BBoard called ``hacks''):
1629 hacks : The Internet wide distribution list.
1630 dist-hacks : The local BBoard.
1631 hacks-request : The people responsible for the BBoard at the
1633 local-hacks-request : The people responsible for the BBoard
1636 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1637 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
1638 $HOME/.bbrc BBoard information
1645 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1655 BBOARDS(1) -25- BBOARDS(1)
1658 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1659 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
1660 bboards: To specify interesting BBoards
1661 mshproc: Program to read a given BBoard
1664 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
1665 bbc(1), bbl(1), bbleader(1), msh(1)
1668 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
1669 The default bboard is "system"
1672 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
1711 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1721 BURST(1) -26- BURST(1)
1725 burst - explode digests into messages
1727 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1728 burst [+folder] [msgs] [-inplace] [-noinplace] [-quiet] [-noquiet]
1729 [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-help]
1731 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1733 _
\bB_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt considers the specified messages in the named folder to be
1734 Internet digests, and explodes them in that folder.
1736 If `-inplace' is given, each digest is replaced by the "table of
1737 contents" for the digest (the original digest is removed). _
\bB_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt
1738 then renumbers all of the messages following the digest in the
1739 folder to make room for each of the messages contained within the
1740 digest. These messages are placed immediately after the digest.
1742 If `-noinplace' is given, each digest is preserved, no table of
1743 contents is produced, and the messages contained within the digest
1744 are placed at the end of the folder. Other messages are not tam-
1745 pered with in any way.
1747 The `-quiet' switch directs _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt to be silent about reporting mes-
1748 sages that are not in digest format.
1750 The `-verbose' switch directs _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt to tell the user the general
1751 actions that it is taking to explode the digest.
1753 It turns out that _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt works equally well on forwarded messages
1754 and blind-carbon-copies as on Internet digests, provided that the
1755 former two were generated by _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw or _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd.
1757 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1758 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
1761 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1762 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
1763 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
1764 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new message
1767 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
1768 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bE_
\bn_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (aka RFC-934),
1769 inc(1), msh(1), pack(1)
1777 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1787 BURST(1) -27- BURST(1)
1790 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
1791 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
1792 `msgs' defaults to cur
1798 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
1799 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. If `-in-
1800 place' is given, then the first message burst becomes the current
1801 message. This leaves the context ready for a _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw of the table of
1802 contents of the digest, and a _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt to see the first message of the
1803 digest. If `-noinplace' is given, then the first message extracted
1804 from the first digest burst becomes the current message. This
1805 leaves the context in a similar, but not identical, state to the
1806 context achieved when using `-inplace'.
1810 The _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt program enforces a limit on the number of messages which
1811 may be _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt from a single message. This number is on the order of
1812 1000 messages. There is usually no limit on the number of messages
1813 which may reside in the folder after the _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bting.
1815 Although _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt uses a sophisticated algorithm to determine where
1816 one encapsulated message ends and another begins, not all digesti-
1817 fying programs use an encapsulation algorithm. In degenerate
1818 cases, this usually results in _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt finding an encapsulation boun-
1819 dary prematurely and splitting a single encapsulated message into
1820 two or more messages. These erroneous digestifying programs should
1823 Furthermore, any text which appears after the last encapsulated
1824 message is not placed in a seperate message by _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt. In the case
1825 of digestified messages, this text is usally an "End of digest"
1826 string. As a result of this possibly un-friendly behavior on the
1827 part of _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt, note that when the `-inplace' option is used, this
1828 trailing information is lost. In practice, this is not a problem
1829 since correspondents usually place remarks in text prior to the
1830 first encapsulated message, and this information is not lost.
1843 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1853 COMP(1) -28- COMP(1)
1857 comp - compose a message
1859 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1860 comp [+folder] [msg] [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg]
1861 [-nodraftfolder] [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-file file]
1862 [-form formfile] [-use] [-nouse] [-whatnowproc program]
1863 [-nowhatnowproc] [-help]
1865 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1867 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp is used to create a new message to be mailed. It copies a
1868 message form to the draft being composed and then invokes an editor
1869 on the draft (unless `-noedit' is given, in which case the initial
1870 edit is suppressed).
1872 The default message form contains the following elements:
1879 If the file named "components" exists in the user's MH directory,
1880 it will be used instead of this form. The file specified by
1881 `-form formfile' will be used if given. You may also start _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp
1882 using the contents of an existing message as the form. If you sup-
1883 ply either a `+folder' or `msg' argument, that message will be used
1884 as the form. You may not supply both a `-form formfile' and a
1885 `+folder' or `msg' argument. The line of dashes or a blank line
1886 must be left between the header and the body of the message for the
1887 message to be identified properly when it is sent (see _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1)).
1888 The switch `-use' directs _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp to continue editing an already
1889 started message. That is, if a _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (or _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, or _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw ) is
1890 terminated without sending the draft, the draft can be edited again
1893 If the draft already exists, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp will ask you as to the disposi-
1894 tion of the draft. A reply of quit will abort _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, leaving the
1895 draft intact; replace will replace the existing draft with the
1896 appropriate form; list will display the draft; use will use the
1897 draft for further composition; and refile +folder will file the
1898 draft in the given folder, and give you a new draft with the
1899 appropriate form. (The `+folder' argument to refile is required.)
1901 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
1902 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
1903 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
1904 manual for more information.
1906 The `-file file' switch says to use the named file as the message
1909 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1919 COMP(1) -29- COMP(1)
1922 The `-editor editor' switch indicates the editor to use for the
1923 initial edit. Upon exiting from the editor, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp will invoke the
1924 _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program. See _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw (1) for a discussion of available
1925 options. The invocation of this program can be inhibited by using
1926 the `-nowhatnowproc' switch. (In truth of fact, it is the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw
1927 program which starts the initial edit. Hence, `-nowhatnowproc'
1928 will prevent any edit from occurring.)
1930 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1931 /usr/local/lib/mh/components The message skeleton
1932 or <mh-dir>/components Rather than the standard skeleton
1933 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
1934 <mh-dir>/draft The draft file
1937 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1938 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
1939 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
1940 Editor: To override the default editor
1941 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new message
1943 fileproc: Program to refile the message
1944 whatnowproc: Program to ask the "What now?" questions
1947 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
1948 dist(1), forw(1), repl(1), send(1), whatnow(1), mh-profile(5)
1951 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
1952 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
1953 `msg' defaults to the current message
1958 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
1963 If _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, then _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp uses a built-in _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, it
1964 does not actually run the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program. Hence, if you define
1965 your own _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw since _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp won't run
1975 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
1985 DIST(1) -30- DIST(1)
1989 dist - redistribute a message to additional addresses
1991 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
1992 dist [+folder] [msg] [-annotate] [-noannotate]
1993 [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
1994 [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-form formfile] [-inplace]
1995 [-noinplace] [-whatnowproc program] [-nowhatnowproc] [-help]
1997 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
1999 _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt is similar to _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw. It prepares the specified message for
2000 redistribution to addresses that (presumably) are not on the origi-
2003 The default message form contains the following elements:
2008 If the file named "distcomps" exists in the user's MH directory, it
2009 will be used instead of this form. In either case, the file speci-
2010 fied by `-form formfile' will be used if given. The form used will
2011 be prepended to the message being resent.
2013 If the draft already exists, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt will ask you as to the disposi-
2014 tion of the draft. A reply of quit will abort _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, leaving the
2015 draft intact; replace will replace the existing draft with a blank
2016 skeleton; and list will display the draft.
2018 Only those addresses in "Resent-To:", "Resent-cc:", and
2019 "Resent-Bcc:" will be sent. Also, a "Resent-Fcc: folder" will be
2020 honored (see _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1)). Note that with _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, the draft should con-
2021 tain only "Resent-xxx:" fields and no body. The headers and the
2022 body of the original message are copied to the draft when the mes-
2023 sage is sent. Use care in constructing the headers for the redis-
2026 If the `-annotate' switch is given, the message being distributed
2027 will be annotated with the lines:
2032 where each address list contains as many lines as required. This
2033 annotation will be done only if the message is sent directly from
2034 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt. If the message is not sent immediately from _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, "comp
2035 -use" may be used to re-edit and send the constructed message, but
2036 the annotations won't take place. The '-inplace' switch causes
2037 annotation to be done in place in order to preserve links to the
2041 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2051 DIST(1) -31- DIST(1)
2054 See _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (1) for a description of the `-editor' and `-noedit'
2055 switches. Note that while in the editor, the message being resent
2056 is available through a link named "@" (assuming the default _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\b-
2057 _
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc ). In addition, the actual pathname of the message is
2058 stored in the envariable $editalt, and the pathname of the folder
2059 containing the message is stored in the envariable $mhfolder.
2061 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
2062 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
2063 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
2064 manual for more information.
2066 Upon exiting from the editor, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt will invoke the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program.
2067 See _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw (1) for a discussion of available options. The invoca-
2068 tion of this program can be inhibited by using the `-nowhatnowproc'
2069 switch. (In truth of fact, it is the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program which starts
2070 the initial edit. Hence, `-nowhatnowproc' will prevent any edit
2073 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
2074 /usr/local/lib/mh/distcomps The message skeleton
2075 or <mh-dir>/distcomps Rather than the standard skeleton
2076 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
2077 <mh-dir>/draft The draft file
2080 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
2081 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
2082 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
2083 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
2084 Editor: To override the default editor
2085 fileproc: Program to refile the message
2086 whatnowproc: Program to ask the "What now?" questions
2089 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
2090 comp(1), forw(1), repl(1), send(1), whatnow(1)
2093 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
2094 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
2095 `msg' defaults to cur
2101 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
2102 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. The mes-
2103 sage distributed will become the current message.
2107 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2117 DIST(1) -32- DIST(1)
2120 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
2121 _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt originally used headers of the form "Distribute-xxx:" instead
2122 of "Resent-xxx:". In order to conform with the ARPA Internet stan-
2123 dard, RFC-822, the "Resent-xxx:" form is now used. _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt will
2124 recognize "Distribute-xxx:" type headers and automatically convert
2125 them to "Resent-xxx:".
2129 _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt does not _
\br_
\bi_
\bg_
\bo_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs_
\bl_
\by check the message being distributed for
2130 adherence to the transport standard, but _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt called by _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd does.
2131 The _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt program will balk (and rightly so) at poorly formatted
2132 messages, and _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt won't correct things for you.
2134 If _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, then _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt uses a built-in _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, it
2135 does not actually run the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program. Hence, if you define
2136 your own _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw since _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt won't run
2139 If your current working directory is not writable, the link named
2140 "@" is not available.
2173 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2183 FOLDER(1) -33- FOLDER(1)
2187 folder, folders - set/list current folder/message
2189 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
2190 folder [+folder] [msg] [-all] [-create] [-nocreate] [-print]
2191 [-fast] [-nofast] [-header] [-noheader] [-recurse]
2192 [-norecurse] [-total] [-nototal] [-list] [-nolist] [-push]
2193 [-pop] [-pack] [-nopack] [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-help]
2197 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
2199 Since the _
\bM_
\bH environment is the shell, it is easy to lose track of
2200 the current folder from day to day. When _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br is given the
2201 `-print' switch (the default), _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br will list the current folder,
2202 the number of messages in it, the range of the messages (low-high),
2203 and the current message within the folder, and will flag extra
2204 files if they exist. An example of this summary is:
2206 inbox+ has 16 messages ( 3- 22); cur= 5.
2208 If a `+folder' and/or `msg' are specified, they will become the
2209 current folder and/or message. By comparison, when a `+folder'
2210 argument is given, this corresponds to a "cd" operation in the
2211 _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl; when no `+folder' argument is given, this corresponds
2212 roughly to a "pwd" operation in the _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl.
2214 If the specified (or default) folder doesn't exist, the default
2215 action is to query the user as to whether the folder should be
2216 created; when standard input is not a tty, the answer to the query
2217 is assumed to be "yes".
2219 Specifying `-create' will cause _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br to create new folders
2220 without any query. (This is the easy way to create an empty folder
2221 for use later.) Specifying `-nocreate' will cause _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br to exit
2222 without creating a non-existant folder.
2224 _
\bM_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
2226 Specifying `-all' will produce a summary line for each top-level
2227 folder in the user's MH directory, sorted alphabetically. (If
2228 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br is invoked by a name ending with "s" (e.g., _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs ),
2229 `-all' is assumed). Specifying `-recurse' with `-all' will also
2230 produce a line for all sub-folders. These folders are all preceded
2231 by the read-only folders, which occur as "atr-cur-" entries in the
2232 user's _
\bM_
\bH context. For example,
2239 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2249 FOLDER(1) -34- FOLDER(1)
2252 Folder # of messages ( range ) cur msg (other files)
2253 /fsd/rs/m/tacc has 35 messages ( 1- 35); cur= 23.
2254 /rnd/phyl/Mail/EP has 82 messages ( 1-108); cur= 82.
2256 inbox+ has 16 messages ( 3- 22); cur= 5.
2257 mh has 76 messages ( 1- 76); cur= 70.
2258 notes has 2 messages ( 1- 2); cur= 1.
2259 ucom has 124 messages ( 1-124); cur= 6; (others).
2260 TOTAL= 339 messages in 7 folders
2262 The "+" after inbox indicates that it is the current folder. The
2263 "(others)" indicates that the folder `ucom' has files which aren't
2264 messages. These files may either be sub-folders, or files that
2265 don't belong under the MH file naming scheme.
2267 The header is output if either a `-all' or a `-header' switch is
2268 specified; it is suppressed by `-noheader'. A `-total' switch will
2269 produce only the summary line.
2271 If `-fast' is given, only the folder name (or names in the case of
2272 `-all') will be listed. (This is faster because the folders need
2275 If a `+folder' is given along with the `-all' switch, _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br will,
2276 in addition to setting the current folder, list the top-level fold-
2277 ers for the current folder (with `-norecurse') or list all sub-
2278 folders under the current folder recursively (with `-recurse'). In
2279 this case, if a `msg' is also supplied, it will become the current
2280 message of `+folder'.
2282 The `-recurse' switch lists each folder recursively, so use of this
2283 option effectively defeats the speed enhancement of the `-fast'
2284 option, since each folder must be searched for subfolders.
2285 Nevertheless, the combination of these options is useful.
2288 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br
2290 The `-pack' switch will compress the message names in the desig-
2291 nated folders, removing holes in message numbering. The `-verbose'
2292 switch directs _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br to tell the user the general actions that it
2293 is taking to compress the folder.
2296 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk
2298 The `-push' switch directs _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br to push the current folder onto
2299 the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk, and make the `+folder' argument the current
2300 folder. If `+folder' is not given, the current folder and the top
2301 of the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk are exchanged. This corresponds to the "pushd"
2302 operation in the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl.
2305 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2315 FOLDER(1) -35- FOLDER(1)
2318 The `-pop' switch directs _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br to discard the top of the
2319 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk, after setting the current folder to that value. No
2320 `+folder' argument is allowed. This corresponds to the "popd"
2321 operation in the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl. The `-push' switch and the `-pop' switch
2322 are mutually exclusive: the last occurrence of either one overrides
2323 any previous occurrence of the other. Both of these switches also
2324 set `-list' by default.
2326 The `-list' switch directs _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br to list the contents of the
2327 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk. No `+folder' argument is allowed. After a success-
2328 ful `-push' or `-pop', the `-list' action is taken, unless a `-nol-
2329 ist' switch follows them on the command line. This corresponds to
2330 the "dirs" operation in the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl. The `-push', `-pop', and
2331 `-list' switches turn off `-print'.
2333 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
2334 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
2337 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
2338 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
2339 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
2340 Folder-Protect: To set mode when creating a new folder
2341 Folder-Stack: To determine the folder stack
2344 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
2345 refile(1), mhpath(1)
2348 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
2349 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
2350 `msg' defaults to none
2357 `-print' is the default if no `-list', `-push', or `-pop' is specified
2358 `-list' is the default if `-push', or `-pop' is specified
2361 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
2362 If `+folder' and/or `msg' are given, they will become the current
2363 folder and/or message.
2371 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2381 FOLDER(1) -36- FOLDER(1)
2384 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
2385 In previous versions of _
\bM_
\bH, the `-fast' switch prevented context
2386 changes from occurring for the current folder. This is no longer
2387 the case: if `+folder' is given, then _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br will always change the
2388 current folder to that.
2392 `-all' forces `-header' and `-total'.
2394 There is no way to restore the default behavior (to ask the user
2395 whether to create a non-existant folder) after `-create' or `-no-
2437 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2447 FORW(1) -37- FORW(1)
2451 forw - forward messages
2453 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
2454 forw [+folder] [msgs] [-annotate] [-noannotate]
2455 [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
2456 [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-filter filterfile]
2457 [-form formfile] [-format] [-noformat] [-inplace] [-noinplace]
2458 [-whatnowproc program] [-nowhatnowproc] [-help]
2460 forw [+folder] [msgs] [-digest list] [-issue number]
2461 [-volume number] [other switches for _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw] [-help]
2463 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
2465 _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bw may be used to prepare a message containing other messages.
2466 It constructs the new message from the components file or
2467 `-form formfile' (see _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp ), with a body composed of the
2468 message(s) to be forwarded. An editor is invoked as in _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, and
2469 after editing is complete, the user is prompted before the message
2472 The default message form contains the following elements:
2479 If the file named "forwcomps" exists in the user's MH directory, it
2480 will be used instead of this form. In either case, the file speci-
2481 fied by `-form formfile' will be used if given.
2483 If the draft already exists, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw will ask you as to the disposi-
2484 tion of the draft. A reply of quit will abort _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, leaving the
2485 draft intact; replace will replace the existing draft with a blank
2486 skeleton; and list will display the draft.
2488 If the `-annotate' switch is given, each message being forwarded
2489 will be annotated with the lines
2494 where each address list contains as many lines as required. This
2495 annotation will be done only if the message is sent directly from
2496 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw. If the message is not sent immediately from _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw,
2497 "comp -use" may be used to re-edit and send the constructed mes-
2498 sage, but the annotations won't take place. The '-inplace' switch
2499 causes annotation to be done in place in order to preserve links to
2500 the annotated message.
2503 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2513 FORW(1) -38- FORW(1)
2516 See _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (1) for a description of the `-editor' and `-noedit'
2519 Although _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw uses the `-form formfile' switch to direct it how to
2520 construct the beginning of the draft, the `-filter filterfile',
2521 `-format', and `-noformat' switches direct _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw as to how each for-
2522 warded message should be formatted in the body of the draft. If
2523 `-noformat' is specified, then each forwarded message is output
2524 exactly as it appears. If `-format' or `-filter filterfile' is
2525 specified, then each forwarded message is filtered (re-formatted)
2526 prior to being output to the body of the draft. The filter file
2527 for _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw should be a standard form file for _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl, as _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw will
2528 invoke _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl to format the forwarded messages. The default message
2529 filter (what you get with `-format') is:
2531 width=80,overflowtext=,overflowoffset=10
2532 leftadjust,compress,compwidth=9
2533 Date:formatfield="%<(nodate{text})%{text}%|%(tws{text})%>"
2539 body:nocomponent,overflowoffset=0,noleftadjust,nocompress
2541 If the file named "mhl.forward" exists in the user's MH directory,
2542 it will be used instead of this form. In either case, the file
2543 specified by `-filter filterfile' will be used if given. To sum-
2544 marize: `-noformat' will reproduce each forwarded message exactly,
2545 `-format' will use _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl and a default filterfile, "mhl.forward", to
2546 format each forwarded message, and `-filter filterfile' will use
2547 the named filterfile to format each forwarded message with _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl.
2549 Each forwarded message is separated with an encapsulation delimiter
2550 and dashes in the first column of the forwarded messages will be
2551 prepended with `- ' so that when received, the message is suitable
2552 for bursting by _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt (1). This follows the Internet RFC-934
2555 For users of _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br (1), by specifying prompter's `-prepend'
2556 switch in the .mh_profile file, any commentary text is entered
2557 before the forwarded messages. (A major win!)
2559 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
2560 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
2561 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
2562 manual for more information.
2564 Upon exiting from the editor, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw will invoke the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program.
2565 See _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw (1) for a discussion of available options. The invoca-
2566 tion of this program can be inhibited by using the `-nowhatnowproc'
2567 switch. (In truth of fact, it is the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program which starts
2569 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2579 FORW(1) -39- FORW(1)
2582 the initial edit. Hence, `-nowhatnowproc' will prevent any edit
2585 The `-digest list', `-issue number', and `-volume number' switches
2586 implement a digest facility for _
\bM_
\bH. Specifying these switches
2587 enables and/or overloads the following escapes:
2589 _
\bT_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bE_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn_
\bs _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
2590 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bd_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt string Argument to `-digest'
2591 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bc_
\bu_
\br integer Argument to `-volume'
2592 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg integer Argument to `-issue'
2594 Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH User's Manual for
2595 more information on making digests.
2597 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
2598 /usr/local/lib/mh/forwcomps The message skeleton
2599 or <mh-dir>/forwcomps Rather than the standard skeleton
2600 /usr/local/lib/mh/digestcomps The message skeleton if `-digest' is given
2601 or <mh-dir>/digestcomps Rather than the standard skeleton
2602 /usr/local/lib/mh/mhl.forward The message filter
2603 or <mh-dir>/mhl.forward Rather than the standard filter
2604 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
2605 <mh-dir>/draft The draft file
2608 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
2609 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
2610 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
2611 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
2612 Editor: To override the default editor
2613 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new message
2615 fileproc: Program to refile the message
2616 mhlproc: Program to filter messages being forwarded
2617 whatnowproc: Program to ask the "What now?" questions
2620 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
2621 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bE_
\bn_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (aka RFC-934),
2622 comp(1), dist(1), repl(1), send(1), whatnow(1), mh-format(5)
2625 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
2626 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
2627 `msgs' defaults to cur
2635 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2645 FORW(1) -40- FORW(1)
2648 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
2649 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. The first
2650 message forwarded will become the current message.
2654 If _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, then _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw uses a built-in _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, it
2655 does not actually run the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program. Hence, if you define
2656 your own _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw since _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw won't run
2659 When _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw is told to annotate the messages it forwards, it doesn't
2660 actually annotate them until the draft is successfully sent. If
2661 from the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, you _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh instead of _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd, it's possible to
2662 confuse _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw by re-ordering the file (e.g., by using
2663 `folder -pack') before the message is successfully sent. _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt and
2664 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl don't have this problem.
2666 To avoid prepending the leading dash characters in forwarded mes-
2667 sages, there is a `-nodashmunging' option. See the "Hidden
2668 Features" section of the _
\bM_
\bH _
\bA_
\bd_
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br'_
\bs _
\bG_
\bu_
\bi_
\bd_
\be for more details.
2701 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2715 inc - incorporate new mail
2717 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
2718 inc [+folder] [-audit audit-file] [-noaudit] [-changecur]
2719 [-nochangecur] [-form formatfile] [-format string]
2720 [-file name] [-silent] [-nosilent] [-truncate] [-notruncate]
2721 [-width columns] [-help]
2723 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
2725 _
\bI_
\bn_
\bc incorporates mail from the user's incoming mail drop into an _
\bM_
\bH
2726 folder. If `+folder' isn't specified, a folder in the user's _
\bM_
\bH
2727 directory will be used, either that specified by the "Inbox:" entry
2728 in the user's profile, or the folder named "inbox". The new mes-
2729 sages being incorporated are assigned numbers starting with the
2730 next highest number in the folder. If the specified (or default)
2731 folder doesn't exist, the user will be queried prior to its crea-
2732 tion. As the messages are processed, a _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn listing of the new
2735 If the user's profile contains a "Msg-Protect: nnn" entry, it will
2736 be used as the protection on the newly created messages, otherwise
2737 the _
\bM_
\bH default of 0644 will be used. During all operations on mes-
2738 sages, this initially assigned protection will be preserved for
2739 each message, so _
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\bo_
\bd(1) may be used to set a protection on an
2740 individual message, and its protection will be preserved
2743 If the switch `-audit audit-file' is specified (usually as a
2744 default switch in the profile), then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will append a header line
2745 and a line per message to the end of the specified audit-file with
2749 <scan line for first message>
2750 <scan line for second message>
2753 This is useful for keeping track of volume and source of incoming
2754 mail. Eventually, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, and _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt may also produce
2755 audits to this (or another) file, perhaps with "Message-Id:" infor-
2756 mation to keep an exact correspondence history. "Audit-file" will
2757 be in the user's MH directory unless a full path is specified.
2759 _
\bI_
\bn_
\bc will incorporate even improperly formatted messages into the
2760 user's MH folder, inserting a blank line prior to the offending
2761 component and printing a comment identifying the bad message.
2763 In all cases, the user's mail drop will be zeroed, unless the
2764 `-notruncate' switch is given.
2767 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2780 If the profile entry "Unseen-Sequence" is present and non-empty,
2781 then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will add each of the newly incorporated messages to each
2782 sequence named by the profile entry. This is similar to the
2783 "Previous-Sequence" profile entry supported by all _
\bM_
\bH commands
2784 which take `msgs' or `msg' arguments. Note that _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will not zero
2785 each sequence prior to adding messages.
2787 The interpretation of the `-form formatfile', `-format string', and
2788 `-width columns' switches is the same as in _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn (1).
2790 By using the `-file name' switch, one can direct _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc to incorporate
2791 messages from a file other than the user's maildrop. Note that the
2792 name file will NOT be zeroed, unless the `-truncate' switch is
2795 If the envariable $MAILDROP is set, then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc uses it as the loca-
2796 tion of the user's maildrop instead of the default (the `-
2797 file name' switch still overrides this, however). If this envari-
2798 able is not set, then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will consult the profile entry "MailDrop"
2799 for this information. If the value found is not absolute, then it
2800 is interpreted relative to the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory. If the value
2801 is not found, then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will look in the standard system location
2802 for the user's maildrop.
2804 The `-silent' switch directs _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc to be quiet and not ask any ques-
2805 tions at all. This is useful for putting _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc in the background and
2806 going on to other things.
2808 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
2809 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
2810 /usr/local/lib/mh/mtstailor tailor file
2811 /usr/spool/mail/$USER Location of mail drop
2814 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
2815 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
2816 Alternate-Mailboxes: To determine the user's mailboxes
2817 Inbox: To determine the inbox, default "inbox"
2818 Folder-Protect: To set mode when creating a new folder
2819 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new message and
2821 Unseen-Sequence: To name sequences denoting unseen messages
2824 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
2825 mhmail(1), scan(1), mh-mail(5), post(8)
2833 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2846 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
2847 `+folder' defaulted by "Inbox" above
2850 `-format' defaulted as described above
2852 `-truncate' if `-file name' not given, `-notruncate' otherwise
2853 `-width' defaulted to the width of the terminal
2856 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
2857 The folder into which messages are being incorporated will become
2858 the current folder. The first message incorporated will become the
2859 current message, unless the `-nochangecur' option is specified.
2860 This leaves the context ready for a _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw of the first new message.
2864 The argument to the `-format' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
2865 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc. Therefore, one must usu-
2866 ally place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
2899 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2909 MARK(1) -44- MARK(1)
2913 mark - mark messages
2915 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
2916 mark [+folder] [msgs] [-sequence name ...] [-add] [-delete] [-list]
2917 [-public] [-nopublic] [-zero] [-nozero] [-help]
2919 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
2921 The _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command manipulates message sequences by adding or delet-
2922 ing message numbers from folder-specific message sequences, or by
2923 listing those sequences and messages. A message sequence is a key-
2924 word, just like one of the "reserved" message names, such as
2925 "first" or "next". Unlike the "reserved" message names, which have
2926 a fixed semantics on a per-folder basis, the semantics of a message
2927 sequence may be defined, modified, and removed by the user. Mes-
2928 sage sequences are folder-specific, e.g., the sequence name "seen"
2929 in the context of folder "+inbox" need not have any relation what-
2930 soever to the sequence of the same name in a folder of a different
2933 Three action switches direct the operation of _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk. These switches
2934 are mutually exclusive: the last occurrence of any of them over-
2935 rides any previous occurrence of the other two.
2937 The `-add' switch tells _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk to add messages to sequences or to
2938 create a new sequence. For each sequence named via the
2939 `-sequence name' argument (which must occur at least once) the mes-
2940 sages named via `msgs' (which defaults to "cur" if no `msgs' are
2941 given), are added to the sequence. The messages to be added need
2942 not be absent from the sequence. If the `-zero' switch is speci-
2943 fied, the sequence will be emptied prior to adding the messages.
2944 Hence, `-add -zero' means that each sequence should be initialized
2945 to the indicated messages, while `-add -nozero' means that each
2946 sequence should be appended to by the indicated messages.
2948 The `-delete' switch tells _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk to delete messages from sequences,
2949 and is the dual of `-add'. For each of the named sequences, the
2950 named messages are removed from the sequence. These messages need
2951 not be already present in the sequence. If the `-zero' switch is
2952 specified, then all messages in the folder are appended to the
2953 sequence prior to removing the messages. Hence, `-delete -zero'
2954 means that each sequence should contain all messages except those
2955 indicated, while `-delete -nozero' means that only the indicated
2956 messages should be removed from each sequence. As expected, the
2957 command `mark -sequence seen -delete all' deletes the sequence
2958 "seen" from the current folder.
2960 When creating (or modifying) a sequence, the `-public' switch indi-
2961 cates that the sequence should be made readable for other _
\bM_
\bH users.
2962 In contrast, the `-nopublic' switch indicates that the sequence
2963 should be private to the user's _
\bM_
\bH environment.
2965 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
2975 MARK(1) -45- MARK(1)
2978 The `-list' switch tells _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk to list both the sequences defined
2979 for the folder and the messages associated with those sequences.
2980 _
\bM_
\ba_
\br_
\bk will list the name of each sequence given by `-sequence name'
2981 and the messages associated with that sequence. If `-sequence'
2982 isn't used, all sequences will be listed, with private sequences
2983 being so indicated. The `-zero' switch does not affect the opera-
2986 The current restrictions on sequences are:
2988 The name used to denote a message sequence must consist of an
2989 alphabetic character followed by zero or more alphanumeric char-
2990 acters, and cannot be one of the (reserved) message names "new",
2991 "first", "last", "all", "next", or "prev".
2993 Only a certain number of sequences may be defined for a given
2994 folder. This number is usually limited to 26 (10 on small sys-
2997 Message ranges with user-defined sequence names are restricted to
2998 the form "name:n" or "name:-n", and refer to the first or last
2999 `n' messages of the sequence `name', respectively. Constructs of
3000 the form "name1-name2" are forbidden.
3002 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3003 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
3006 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
3007 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
3008 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
3011 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
3012 pick (1), mh-sequence (5)
3015 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
3016 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
3017 `-add' if `-sequence' is specified, `-list' otherwise
3018 `msgs' defaults to cur (or all if `-list' is specified)
3019 `-nopublic' if the folder is read-only, `-public' otherwise
3023 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
3024 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder.
3026 _
\bH_
\be_
\bl_
\bp_
\bf_
\bu_
\bl _
\bH_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
3028 Use "pick sequence -list" to enumerate the messages in a sequence
3029 (such as for use by a shell script).
3031 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3041 MARK(1) -46- MARK(1)
3045 mhl - produce formatted listings of MH messages
3047 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
3048 /usr/local/lib/mh/mhl [-bell] [-nobell] [-clear] [-noclear]
3049 [-folder +folder] [-form formfile] [-length lines]
3050 [-width columns] [-moreproc program] [-nomoreproc] [files ...]
3053 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
3055 _
\bM_
\bh_
\bl is a formatted message listing program. It can be used as a
3056 replacement for _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be (1) (the default _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc ). As with _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be,
3057 each of the messages specified as arguments (or the standard input)
3058 will be output. If more than one message file is specified, the
3059 user will be prompted prior to each one, and a <RETURN> or <EOT>
3060 will begin the output, with <RETURN> clearing the screen (if
3061 appropriate), and <EOT> (usually CTRL-D) suppressing the screen
3062 clear. An <INTERRUPT> (usually CTRL-C) will abort the current mes-
3063 sage output, prompting for the next message (if there is one), and
3064 a <QUIT> (usually CTRL-\) will terminate the program (without core
3067 The `-bell' option tells _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl to ring the terminal's bell at the end
3068 of each page, while the `-clear' option tells _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl to clear the
3069 scree at the end of each page (or output a formfeed after each mes-
3070 sage). Both of these switches (and their inverse counterparts)
3071 take effect only if the profile entry _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is defined but
3072 empty, and _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl is outputting to a terminal. If the _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc entry
3073 is defined and non-empty, and _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl is outputting to a terminal, then
3074 _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl will cause the _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc to be placed between the terminal and
3075 _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl and the switches are ignored. Furthermore, if the `-clear'
3076 switch is used and _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl'_
\bs output is directed to a terminal, then _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl
3077 will consult the $TERM and $TERMCAP envariables to determine the
3078 user's terminal type in order to find out how to clear the screen.
3079 If the `-clear' switch is used and _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl'_
\bs output is not directed to
3080 a terminal (e.g., a pipe or a file), then _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl will send a formfeed
3083 To override the default _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc and the profile entry, use the
3084 `-moreproc program' switch. Note that _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl will never start a
3085 _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc if invoked on a hardcopy terminal.
3087 The `-length length' and `-width width' switches set the screen
3088 length and width, respectively. These default to the values indi-
3089 cated by $TERMCAP, if appropriate, otherwise they default to 40 and
3092 The default format file used by _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl is called _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl._
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (which is
3093 first searched for in the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory, and then sought in
3094 the /_
\bu_
\bs_
\br/_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl/_
\bl_
\bi_
\bb/_
\bm_
\bh directory), this can be changed by using the
3095 `-form formatfile' switch.
3097 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3110 Finally, the `-folder +folder' switch sets the _
\bM_
\bH folder name,
3111 which is used for the "messagename:" field described below. The
3112 envariable $mhfolder is consulted for the default value, which
3113 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt, and _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv initialize appropriately.
3115 _
\bM_
\bh_
\bl operates in two phases: 1) read and parse the format file, and
3116 2) process each message (file). During phase 1, an internal
3117 description of the format is produced as a structured list. In
3118 phase 2, this list is walked for each message, outputting message
3119 information under the format constraints from the format file.
3121 The "mhl.format" form file contains information controlling screen
3122 clearing, screen size, wrap-around control, transparent text, com-
3123 ponent ordering, and component formatting. Also, a list of com-
3124 ponents to ignore may be specified, and a couple of "special" com-
3125 ponents are defined to provide added functionality. Message output
3126 will be in the order specified by the order in the format file.
3128 Each line of mhl.format has one of the formats:
3132 variable[,variable...]
3133 component:[variable,...]
3135 A line beginning with a `;' is a comment, and is ignored. A line
3136 beginning with a `:' is clear text, and is output exactly as is. A
3137 line containing only a `:' produces a blank line in the output. A
3138 line beginning with "component:" defines the format for the speci-
3139 fied component, and finally, remaining lines define the global
3142 For example, the line:
3144 width=80,length=40,clearscreen,overflowtext="***",overflowoffset=5
3146 defines the screen size to be 80 columns by 40 rows, specifies that
3147 the screen should be cleared prior to each page, that the overflow
3148 indentation is 5, and that overflow text should be flagged with
3151 Following are all of the current variables and their arguments. If
3152 they follow a component, they apply only to that component, other-
3153 wise, their affect is global. Since the whole format is parsed
3154 before any output processing, the last global switch setting for a
3155 variable applies to the whole message if that variable is used in a
3156 global context (i.e., bell, clearscreen, width, length).
3158 _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be _
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bs_
\be_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\bs
3159 width integer screen width or component width
3160 length integer screen length or component length
3161 offset integer positions to indent "component: "
3163 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3176 overflowtext string text to use at the beginning of an
3178 overflowoffset integer positions to indent overflow lines
3179 compwidth integer positions to indent component text
3180 after the first line is output
3181 uppercase flag output text of this component in all
3183 nouppercase flag don't uppercase
3184 clearscreen flag/G clear the screen prior to each page
3185 noclearscreen flag/G don't clearscreen
3186 bell flag/G ring the bell at the end of each page
3187 nobell flag/G don't bell
3188 component string/L name to use instead of "component" for
3190 nocomponent flag don't output "component: " for this
3192 center flag center component on line (works for
3193 one-line components only)
3194 nocenter flag don't center
3195 leftadjust flag strip off leading whitespace on each
3197 noleftadjust flag don't leftadjust
3198 compress flag change newlines in text to spaces
3199 nocompress flag don't compress
3200 split flag don't combine multiple fields into a single field
3201 nosplit flag combine multiple fields into a single field
3202 newline flag print newline at end of components (default)
3203 nonewline flag don't print newline at end of components
3204 formatfield string format string for this component (see below)
3205 addrfield flag field contains addresses
3206 datefield flag field contains dates
3208 To specify the value of integer-valued and string-valued variables,
3209 follow their name with an equals-sign and the value.
3210 Integer-valued variables are given decimal values, while
3211 string-valued variables are given arbitrary text bracketed by
3212 double-quotes. If a value is suffixed by "/G" or "/L", then its
3213 value is useful in a global-only or local-only context (respec-
3218 ignores=component,...
3220 specifies a list of components which are never output.
3222 The component "MessageName" (case-insensitive) will output the
3223 actual message name (file name) preceded by the folder name if one
3224 is specified or found in the environment. The format is identical
3225 to that produced by the `-header' option to _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw.
3227 The component "Extras" will output all of the components of the
3229 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3242 message which were not matched by explicit components, or included
3243 in the ignore list. If this component is not specified, an ignore
3244 list is not needed since all non-specified components will be
3247 If "nocomponent" is NOT specified, then the component name will be
3248 output as it appears in the format file.
3250 The default format is:
3252 : -- using template mhl.format --
3253 overflowtext="***",overflowoffset=5
3254 leftadjust,compwidth=9
3255 ignores=msgid,message-id,received
3256 Date:formatfield="%<(nodate{text})%{text}%|%(pretty{text})%>"
3265 body:nocomponent,overflowtext=,overflowoffset=0,noleftadjust
3267 The variable "formatfield" specifies a format string (see
3268 _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5)). The flag variables "addrfield" and "datefield"
3269 (which are mutually exclusive), tell _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl to interpret the escapes
3270 in the format string as either addresses or dates, respectively.
3272 By default, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl does not apply any formatting string to fields con-
3273 taining address or dates (see _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (5) for a list of these
3274 fields). Note that this results in faster operation since _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl must
3275 parse both addresses and dates in order to apply a format string to
3276 them. If desired, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl can be given a default format string for
3277 either address or date fields (but not both). To do this, on a
3278 global line specify: either the flag addrfield or datefield, along
3279 with the apropriate formatfield variable string.
3281 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3282 /usr/local/lib/mh/mhl.format The message template
3283 or <mh-dir>/mhl.format Rather than the standard template
3284 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
3287 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
3288 moreproc: Program to use as interactive front-end
3291 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
3292 show(1), ap(8), dp(8)
3295 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3308 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
3315 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
3320 There should be some way to pass `bell' and `clear' information to
3323 On hosts where _
\bM_
\bH was configured with the BERK option, address
3324 parsing is not enabled.
3326 The "nonewline" option interacts badly with "compress" and "split".
3361 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3371 MHMAIL(1) -51- MHMAIL(1)
3375 mhmail - send or read mail
3377 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
3378 mhmail [ addrs ... [-body text] [-cc addrs ...] [-from addr]
3379 [-subject subject]] [-help]
3381 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
3383 _
\bM_
\bH_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl is intended as a replacement for the standard Bell mail pro-
3384 gram (_
\bb_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (1)), compatible with _
\bM_
\bH. When invoked without
3385 arguments, it simply invokes _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (1) to incorporate new messages
3386 from the user's maildrop. When one or more users is specified, a
3387 message is read from the standard input and spooled to a temporary
3388 file. _
\bM_
\bH_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl then invokes _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8) with the name of the temporary
3389 file as its argument to deliver the message to the specified user.
3391 The `-subject subject' switch can be used to specify the "Subject:"
3392 field of the message. The `-body text' switch can be used to
3393 specify the text of the message; if it is specified, then the stan-
3394 dard input is not read. Normally, addresses appearing as arguments
3395 are put in the "To:" field. If the `-cc' switch is used, all
3396 addresses following it are placed in the "cc:" field.
3398 By using `-from addr', you can specify the "From:" header of the
3399 draft. Naturally, _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt will fill-in the "Sender:" header
3402 This program is intended for the use of programs such as _
\ba_
\bt (1),
3403 which expect to send mail automatically to various users. Nor-
3404 mally, real people (as opposed to the "unreal" ones) will prefer to
3405 use _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (1) and _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1) to send messages.
3407 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3408 /usr/local/inc Program to incorporate a maildrop into a folder
3409 /usr/local/lib/mh/post Program to deliver a message
3410 /tmp/mhmail* Temporary copy of message
3413 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
3417 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
3421 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
3427 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3437 MHMAIL(1) -52- MHMAIL(1)
3440 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
3441 If _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc is invoked, then _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc's context changes occur.
3493 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3503 MHOOK(1) -53- MHOOK(1)
3507 mhook, rcvdist, rcvpack, rcvtty - MH receive-mail hooks
3509 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
3510 /usr/local/lib/mh/rcvdist [-form formfile] [switches for _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc]
3513 /usr/local/lib/mh/rcvpack file [-help]
3515 /usr/local/lib/mh/rcvtty [command] [-form formatfile]
3516 [-format string] [-bell] [-nobell] [-newline] [-nonewline]
3519 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
3521 A receive-mail hook is a program that is run whenever you receive a
3522 mail message. You do NOT invoke the hook yourself, rather the hook
3523 is invoked on your behalf by your system's Message Transport Agent.
3524 See _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl (1) for details on how to activate receive-mail hooks on
3527 Four programs are currently available as part of _
\bM_
\bH, _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt
3528 (redistribute incoming messages to additional recipients), _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk
3529 (save incoming messages in a _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf'd file), and _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by (notify user
3530 of incoming messages). The fourth program, _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be (1) is
3531 described separately. They all reside in the /_
\bu_
\bs_
\br/_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl/_
\bl_
\bi_
\bb/_
\bm_
\bh/
3534 The _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt program will resend a copy of the message to all of the
3535 addresses listed on its command line. It uses the format string
3536 facility described in _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5).
3538 The _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk program will append a copy of the message to the file
3539 listed on its command line. Its use is obsoleted by the "file"
3540 action of _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl.
3542 The _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by program executes the named file with the message as its
3543 standard input, and writes the resulting output on your terminal.
3545 If no file is specified, or is bogus, etc., then _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by will
3546 instead write a one-line scan listing. Either the
3547 `-form formatfile' or `-format string' option may be used to over-
3548 ride the default output format (see _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5)). A newline is
3549 output before the message output, and the terminal bell is rung
3550 after the output. The `-nonewline' and `-nobell' options will
3551 inhibit these functions.
3553 In addition to the standard _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) escapes, _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by also
3554 recognizes the following additional _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt escapes:
3559 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3569 MHOOK(1) -54- MHOOK(1)
3572 _
\bE_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn_
\bs _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3573 body string the (compressed) first part of the body
3574 dtimenow date the current date
3575 folder string the name of the current folder
3577 Normally, _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by obeys write permission as granted by _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bg (1).
3578 With the `-biff' option, _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by will obey the notification status
3579 set by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bf_
\bf (1) instead. If the terminal access daemon (TTYD) is
3580 available on your system, then _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by will give its output to the
3581 daemon for output instead of writing on the user's terminal.
3583 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3584 /usr/local/lib/mh/mtstailor tailor file
3585 $HOME/.maildelivery The file controlling local delivery
3586 /usr/local/lib/mh/maildelivery Rather than the standard file
3589 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
3590 rcvstore (1), mh-format(5), slocal(1)
3594 Only two return codes are meaningful, others should be.
3625 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3635 MHPARAM(1) -55- MHPARAM(1)
3639 mhparam - print MH profile components
3641 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
3642 mhparam [components] [-all] [-component] [-nocomponent] [-help]
3644 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
3646 _
\bM_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bm writes the value of the specified profile component to the
3647 standard output separated by newlines. If the profile component is
3648 not present, the default value (or nothing if there is no default)
3651 If more than one component is specified in the `components' list,
3652 the component value is preceded by the component name. If `-com-
3653 ponent' is specified, the component name is displayed even when
3654 only one component is specified. If `-nocomponent' is specified,
3655 the component name is not displayed even when more than one com-
3656 ponent is specified.
3658 If `-all' is specified, all components if the MH profile are
3659 displayed and other arguments are ignored.
3667 /usr/local/lib/mh/mhl
3669 % mhparam -component path
3672 % mhparam AliasFile rmmproc
3676 % mhparam -nocomponent AliasFile rmmproc
3680 _
\bM_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bm is also useful in back-quoted operations:
3682 % fgrep cornell.edu `mhpath +`/`mhparam aliasfile`
3685 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3686 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
3691 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3701 MHPARAM(1) -56- MHPARAM(1)
3704 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
3708 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
3709 `-nocomponent' if only one component is specified
3710 `-component' if more than one component is specified
3711 `components' defaults to none
3714 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
3757 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3767 MHPATH(1) -57- MHPATH(1)
3771 mhpath - print full pathnames of MH messages and folders
3773 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
3774 mhpath [+folder] [msgs] [-help]
3776 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
3778 _
\bM_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh expands and sorts the message list `msgs' and writes the
3779 full pathnames of the messages to the standard output separated by
3780 newlines. If no `msgs' are specified, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh outputs the folder
3781 pathname instead. If the only argument is `+', your MH _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh is
3782 output; this can be useful is shell scripts.
3784 Contrasted with other MH commands, a message argument to _
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh may
3785 often be intended for _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg. Because of this:
3787 1) the name "new" has been added to _
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh's list of reserved mes-
3788 sage names (the others are "first", "last", "prev", "next", "cur",
3789 and "all"). The new message is equivalent to the message after the
3790 last message in a folder (and equivalent to 1 in a folder without
3791 messages). The "new" message may not be used as part of a message
3794 2) Within a message list, the following designations may refer to
3795 messages that do not exist: a single numeric message name, the sin-
3796 gle message name "cur", and (obviously) the single message name
3797 "new". All other message designations must refer to at least one
3800 3) An empty folder is not in itself an error.
3802 Message numbers greater than the highest existing message in a
3803 folder as part of a range designation are replaced with the next
3804 free message number.
3806 Examples: The current folder foo contains messages 3 5 6. Cur is
3823 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3833 MHPATH(1) -58- MHPATH(1)
3847 bad message list "last-new".
3853 no messages in range "1-2".
3863 _
\bM_
\bH_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh is also useful in back-quoted operations:
3865 % cd `mhpath +inbox`
3870 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3871 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
3874 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
3875 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
3876 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
3879 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
3883 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
3884 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
3885 `msgs' defaults to none
3889 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3899 MHPATH(1) -59- MHPATH(1)
3902 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
3907 Like all MH commands, _
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh expands and sorts [msgs]. So don't
3912 to move 501 to 500. Quite the reverse. But
3914 mv `mhpath 501` `mhpath 500`
3918 Out of range message 0 is treated far more severely than large out
3919 of range message numbers.
3955 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
3965 MSGCHK(1) -60- MSGCHK(1)
3969 msgchk - check for messages
3971 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
3972 msgchk [-date] [-nodate] [-notify all/mail/nomail]
3973 [-nonotify all/mail/nomail] [users ...] [-help]
3975 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
3977 The _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk program checks all known mail drops for mail waiting for
3978 you. For those drops which have mail for you, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk will indicate
3979 if it believes that you have seen the mail in question before.
3981 The `-notify type' switch indicates under what circumstances _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk
3982 should produce a message. The default is `-notify all' which says
3983 that _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk should always report the status of the users maildrop.
3984 Other values for `type' include `mail' which says that _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk
3985 should report the status of waiting mail; and, `nomail' which says
3986 that _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk should report the status of empty maildrops. The
3987 `-nonotify type' switch has the inverted sense, so `-nonotify all'
3988 directs _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk to never report the status of maildrops. This is
3989 useful if the user wishes to check _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk's exit status. A
3990 non-zero exit status indicates that mail was not waiting for at
3991 least one of the indicated users.
3993 If _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk produces output, then the `-date' switch directs _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bc_
\bh_
\bk
3994 to print out the last date mail was read, if this can be deter-
3997 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3998 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
3999 /usr/local/lib/mh/mtstailor tailor file
4000 /usr/spool/mail/$USER Location of mail drop
4003 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
4007 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
4011 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
4012 `user' defaults to the current user
4017 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
4021 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4031 MSGCHK(1) -61- MSGCHK(1)
4035 msh - MH shell (and BBoard reader)
4037 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
4038 msh [-prompt string] [-scan] [-noscan] [-topcur] [-notopcur] [file]
4041 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
4043 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is an interactive program that implements a subset of the nor-
4044 mal _
\bM_
\bH commands operating on a single file in _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf'd format. That
4045 is, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is used to read a file that contains a number of messages,
4046 as opposed to the standard _
\bM_
\bH style of reading a number of files,
4047 each file being a separate message in a folder. _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh's chief advan-
4048 tage is that the normal _
\bM_
\bH style does not allow a file to have more
4049 than one message in it. Hence, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is ideal for reading _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs,
4050 as these files are delivered by the transport system in this for-
4051 mat. In addition, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh can be used on other files, such as message
4052 archives which have been _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bked (see _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf (1)). Finally, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is
4053 an excellent _
\bM_
\bH tutor. As the only commands available to the user
4054 are _
\bM_
\bH commands, this allows _
\bM_
\bH beginners to concentrate on how
4055 commands to _
\bM_
\bH are formed and (more or less) what they mean.
4057 When invoked, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh reads the named file, and enters a command loop.
4058 The user may type most of the normal _
\bM_
\bH commands. The syntax and
4059 semantics of these commands typed to _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh are identical to their _
\bM_
\bH
4060 counterparts. In cases where the nature of _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh would be incon-
4061 sistent (e.g., specifying a `+folder' with some commands), _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh will
4062 duly inform the user. The commands that _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh currently supports (in
4063 some slightly modified or restricted forms) are:
4087 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4103 In addition, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh has a "help" command which gives a brief overview.
4104 To terminate _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh, type CTRL-D, or use the "quit" command. If _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh
4105 is being invoked from _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc, then typing CTRL-D will also tell _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc to
4106 exit as well, while using the "quit" command will return control to
4107 _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc, and _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc will continue examining the list of BBoards that it is
4110 If the file is writable and has been modified, then using "quit"
4111 will query the user if the file should be updated.
4113 The `-prompt string' switch sets the prompting string for _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh.
4115 You may wish to use an alternate _
\bM_
\bH profile for the commands that
4116 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh executes; see _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (5) for details about the $MH envari-
4119 When invoked from _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc, two special features are enabled: First, the
4120 `-scan' switch directs _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh to do a `scan unseen' on start-up if new
4121 items are present in the BBoard. This feature is best used from
4122 _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc, which correctly sets the stage. Second, the _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command in
4123 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh acts specially when you are reading a BBoard, since _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh will
4124 consult the sequence "unseen" in determining what messages you have
4125 actually read. When _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh exits, it reports this information to _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc.
4126 In addition, if you give the _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command with no arguments, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh
4127 will interpret it as `mark -sequence unseen -delete -nozero all'
4128 Hence, to discard all of the messages in the current BBoard you're
4129 reading, just use the _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command with no arguments.
4131 Normally, the "exit" command is identical to the "quit" command in
4132 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh. When run under _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc however, "exit" directs _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh to mark all
4133 messages as seen and then "quit". For speedy type-in, this command
4134 is often abbreviated as just "e".
4136 When invoked from _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh, another special feature is enabled: The
4137 `topcur' switch directs _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh to have the current message "track" the
4138 top line of the _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh scan window. Normally, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh has the current
4139 message "track" the center of the window (under `-notopcur', which
4142 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh supports an output redirection facility. Commands may be fol-
4145 > _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be write output to _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
4146 >> _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be append output to _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
4147 | _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd pipe output to UNIX _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
4149 If _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be starts with a `~' (tilde), then a _
\bc_
\bs_
\bh-like expansion takes
4150 place. Note that _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is interpreted by _
\bs_
\bh (1). Also note that
4151 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh does NOT support history substitutions, variable substitutions,
4153 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4166 or alias substitutions.
4168 When parsing commands to the left of any redirection symbol, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh
4169 will honor `\' (back-slash) as the quote next-character symbol, and
4170 `"' (double-quote) as quote-word delimiters. All other input
4171 tokens are separated by whitespace (spaces and tabs).
4173 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
4174 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
4175 /usr/local/lib/mh/mtstailor tailor file
4178 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
4179 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
4180 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new `file'
4181 fileproc: Program to file messages
4182 showproc: Program to show messages
4185 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
4189 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
4190 `file' defaults to "./msgbox"
4196 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
4219 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4233 The argument to the `-prompt' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
4234 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh. Therefore, one must usu-
4235 ally place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
4237 There is a strict limit of messages per file in _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf'd format
4238 which _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh can handle. Usually, this limit is 1000 messages.
4240 Please remember that _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is not the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl, and that a lot of the
4241 nice facilities provided by the latter are not present in the form-
4244 In particular, _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh does not understand back-quoting, so the only
4245 effective way to use _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk inside _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is to always use the
4246 `-seq select' switch. Clever users of _
\bM_
\bH will put the line
4248 pick: -seq select -list
4250 in their .mh_profile file so that _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk works equally well from both
4251 the shell and _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh.
4253 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm always uses "-noverbose" and if "-textfield field" is used,
4256 The _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh program inherits most (if not all) of the bugs from the _
\bM_
\bH
4257 commands it implements.
4285 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4295 NEXT(1) -65- NEXT(1)
4299 next - show the next message
4301 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
4302 next [+folder] [-header] [-noheader] [-showproc program]
4303 [-noshowproc] [switches for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-help]
4305 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
4307 _
\bN_
\be_
\bx_
\bt performs a _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw on the next message in the specified (or
4308 current) folder. Like _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, it passes any switches on to the pro-
4309 gram _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, which is called to list the message. This command
4310 is almost exactly equivalent to "show next". Consult the manual
4311 entry for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw (1) for all the details.
4313 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
4314 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
4317 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
4318 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
4319 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
4320 showproc: Program to show the message
4323 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
4327 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
4328 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
4332 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
4333 If a folder is specified, it will become the current folder. The
4334 message that is shown (i.e., the next message in sequence) will be-
4335 come the current message.
4339 _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt is really a link to the _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw program. As a result, if you
4340 make a link to _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt and that link is not called _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt, your link
4341 will act like _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw instead. To circumvent this, add a
4342 profile-entry for the link to your _
\bM_
\bH profile and add the argument
4343 _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt to the entry.
4351 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4361 PACKF(1) -66- PACKF(1)
4365 packf - compress an MH folder into a single file
4367 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
4368 packf [+folder] [msgs] [-file name] [-help]
4370 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
4372 _
\bP_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf takes messages from a folder and copies them to a single
4373 file. Each message in the file is separated by four CTRL-A's and a
4374 newline. Messages packed can be unpacked using _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc.
4376 If the _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be given to the `-file name' switch exists, then the mes-
4377 sages specified will be appended to the end of the file, otherwise
4378 the file will be created and the messages appended.
4380 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
4381 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
4382 .msgbox.map A binary index of the file
4385 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
4386 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
4387 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
4388 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new `file'
4391 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
4395 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
4396 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
4397 `msgs' defaults to all
4401 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
4402 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. The first
4403 message packed will become the current message.
4407 _
\bP_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf doesn't handle the old UUCP-style "mbox" format (used by
4408 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl). To pack messages into this format, use the script
4409 /_
\bu_
\bs_
\br/_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl/_
\bl_
\bi_
\bb/_
\bm_
\bh/_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx. Note that _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx does not take the
4410 `-file' option of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf, and instead writes its output on _
\bs_
\bt_
\bd_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt.
4417 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4427 PICK(1) -67- PICK(1)
4431 pick - select messages by content
4433 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
4434 pick [+folder] [msgs] [-and ...] [-or ...] [-not ...]
4435 [-lbrace ... -rbrace] [--component pattern] [-cc pattern]
4436 [-date pattern] [-from pattern] [-search pattern]
4437 [-subject pattern] [-to pattern] [-after date] [-before date]
4438 [-datefield field] [-sequence name ...] [-public] [-nopublic]
4439 [-zero] [-nozero] [-list] [-nolist] [-help]
4442 scan `pick -from jones`
4443 pick -to holloway -sequence select
4444 show `pick -before friday`
4446 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
4448 _
\bP_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk searches messages within a folder for the specified contents,
4449 and then identifies those messages. Two types of search primitives
4450 are available: pattern matching and date constraint operations.
4452 A modified _
\bg_
\br_
\be_
\bp(1) is used to perform the matching, so the full
4453 regular expression (see _
\be_
\bd(1)) facility is available within `pat-
4454 tern'. With `-search', `pattern' is used directly, and with the
4455 others, the grep pattern constructed is:
4457 "component[ \t]*:.*pattern"
4459 This means that the pattern specified for a `-search' will be found
4460 everywhere in the message, including the header and the body, while
4461 the other pattern matching requests are limited to the single
4462 specified component. The expression
4464 `--component pattern'
4466 is a shorthand for specifying
4468 `-search "component[ \t]*:.*pattern" '
4470 It is used to pick a component which is not one of "To:", "cc:",
4471 "Date:", "From:", or "Subject:". An example is
4472 `pick --reply-to pooh'.
4474 Pattern matching is performed on a per-line basis. Within the
4475 header of the message, each component is treated as one long line,
4476 but in the body, each line is separate. Lower-case letters in the
4477 search pattern will match either lower or upper case in the mes-
4478 sage, while upper case will match only upper case.
4480 Note that since the `-date' switch is a pattern matching operation
4481 (as described above), to find messages sent on a certain date the
4483 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4493 PICK(1) -68- PICK(1)
4496 pattern string must match the text of the "Date:" field of the mes-
4499 Independent of any pattern matching operations requested, the
4500 switches `-after date' or `-before date' may also be used to intro-
4501 duce date/time contraints on all of the messages. By default, the
4502 "Date:" field is consulted, but if another date yielding field
4503 (such as "BB-Posted:" or "Delivery-Date:") should be used, the
4504 `-datefield field' switch may be used.
4506 With `-before' and `-after', _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk will actually parse the date
4507 fields in each of the messages specified in `msgs' and compare them
4508 to the date/time specified. If `-after' is given, then only those
4509 messages whose "Date:" field value is chronologically after the
4510 date specified will be considered. The `-before' switch specifies
4511 the complimentary action.
4513 Both the `-after' and `-before' switches take legal 822-style date
4514 specifications as arguments. _
\bP_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk will default certain missing
4515 fields so that the entire date need not be specified. These fields
4516 are (in order of defaulting): timezone, time and timezone, date,
4517 date and timezone. All defaults are taken from the current date,
4520 In addition to 822-style dates, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk will also recognize any of the
4521 days of the week ("sunday", "monday", and so on), and the special
4522 dates "today", "yesterday" (24 hours ago), and "tomorrow" (24 hours
4523 from now). All days of the week are judged to refer to a day in
4524 the past (e.g., telling _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk "saturday" on a "tuesday" means
4525 "last saturday" not "this saturday").
4527 Finally, in addition to these special specifications, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk will
4528 also honor a specification of the form "-dd", which means "dd days
4531 _
\bP_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk supports complex boolean operations on the searching primi-
4532 tives with the `-and', `-or', `-not', and `-lbrace ... -rbrace'
4533 switches. For example,
4535 pick -after yesterday -and
4536 -lbrace -from freida -or -from fear -rbrace
4538 identifies messages recently sent by "frieda" or "fear".
4540 The matching primitives take precedence over the `-not' switch,
4541 which in turn takes precedence over `-and' which in turn takes pre-
4542 cedence over `-or'. To override the default precedence, the
4543 `-lbrace' and `-rbrace' switches are provided, which act just like
4544 opening and closing parentheses in logical expressions.
4546 If no search criteria are given, all the messages specified on the
4547 command line are selected (this defaults to "all").
4549 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4559 PICK(1) -69- PICK(1)
4562 Once the search has been performed, if the `-list' switch is given,
4563 the message numbers of the selected messages are written to the
4564 standard output separated by newlines. This is _
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\br_
\be_
\bm_
\be_
\bl_
\by useful
4565 for quickly generating arguments for other _
\bM_
\bH programs by using the
4566 "backquoting" syntax of the shell. For example, the command
4568 scan `pick +todo -after "31 Mar 83 0123 PST"`
4570 says to _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn those messages in the indicated folder which meet the
4571 appropriate criterion. Note that since _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk 's context changes are
4572 written out prior to _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn 's invocation, you need not give the
4573 folder argument to _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn as well.
4575 Regardless of the operation of the `-list' switch, the `-sequence
4576 name' switch may be given once for each sequence the user wishes to
4577 define. For each sequence named, that sequence will be defined to
4578 mean exactly those messages selected by _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk. For example,
4580 pick -from frated -seq fred
4582 defines a new message sequence for the current folder called "fred"
4583 which contains exactly those messages that were selected.
4585 Note that whenever _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk processes a `-sequence name' switch, it
4588 By default, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk will zero the sequence before adding it. This
4589 action can be disabled with the `-nozero' switch, which means that
4590 the messages selected by _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk will be added to the sequence, if it
4591 already exists, and any messages already a part of that sequence
4594 The `-public' and `-nopublic' switches are used by _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk in the same
4595 way _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk uses them.
4597 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
4598 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
4601 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
4602 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
4603 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
4606 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
4615 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4625 PICK(1) -70- PICK(1)
4628 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
4629 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
4630 `msgs' defaults to all
4632 `-nopublic' if the folder is read-only, `-public' otherwise
4634 `-list' is the default if no `-sequence', `-nolist' otherwise
4637 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
4638 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder.
4641 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
4642 In previous versions of _
\bM_
\bH, the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk command would _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn, or
4643 _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be the selected messages. This was rather "inverted logic"
4644 from the UNIX point of view, so _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk was changed to define se-
4645 quences and output those sequences. Hence, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk can be used to
4646 generate the arguments for all other _
\bM_
\bH commands, instead of giving
4647 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk endless switches for invoking those commands itself.
4649 Also, previous versions of _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk balked if you didn't specify a
4650 search string or a date/time constraint. The current version does
4651 not, and merely matches the messages you specify. This lets you
4652 type something like:
4654 show `pick last:20 -seq fear`
4658 mark -add -nozero -seq fear last:20
4661 Finally, timezones used to be ignored when comparing dates: they
4664 _
\bH_
\be_
\bl_
\bp_
\bf_
\bu_
\bl _
\bH_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
4666 Use "pick sequence -list" to enumerate the messages in a sequence
4667 (such as for use by a shell script).
4681 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4691 PICK(1) -71- PICK(1)
4695 The argument to the `-after' and `-before' switches must be inter-
4696 preted as a single token by the shell that invokes _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk. There-
4697 fore, one must usually place the argument to this switch inside
4698 double-quotes. Furthermore, any occurance of `-datefield' must oc-
4699 cur prior to the `-after' or `-before' switch it applies to.
4701 If _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk is used in a back-quoted operation, such as
4703 scan `pick -from jones`
4705 and _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk selects no messages (e.g., no messages are from "jones"),
4706 then the shell will still run the outer command (e.g., "scan").
4707 Since no messages were matched, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk produced no output, and the
4708 argument given to the outer command as a result of backquoting _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk
4709 is empty. In the case of _
\bM_
\bH programs, the outer command now acts
4710 as if the default `msg' or `msgs' should be used (e.g., "all" in
4711 the case of _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn ). To prevent this unexpected behavior, if
4712 `-list' was given, and if its standard output is not a tty, then
4713 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk outputs the illegal message number "0" when it fails. This
4714 lets the outer command fail gracefully as well.
4716 The pattern syntax "[l-r]" is not supported; each letter to be
4717 matched must be included within the square brackets.
4747 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4757 PREV(1) -72- PREV(1)
4761 prev - show the previous message
4763 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
4764 prev [+folder] [-header] [-noheader] [-showproc program]
4765 [-noshowproc] [-switches for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-help]
4767 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
4769 _
\bP_
\br_
\be_
\bv performs a _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw on the previous message in the specified (or
4770 current) folder. Like _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, it passes any switches on to the pro-
4771 gram named by _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, which is called to list the message. This
4772 command is almost exactly equivalent to "show prev". Consult the
4773 manual entry for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw (1) for all the details.
4775 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
4776 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
4779 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
4780 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
4781 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
4782 showproc: Program to show the message
4785 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
4789 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
4790 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
4794 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
4795 If a folder is specified, it will become the current folder. The
4796 message that is shown (i.e., the previous message in sequence) will
4797 become the current message.
4801 _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv is really a link to the _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw program. As a result, if you
4802 make a link to _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv and that link is not called _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv, your link
4803 will act like _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw instead. To circumvent this, add a
4804 profile-entry for the link to your _
\bM_
\bH profile and add the argument
4805 _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv to the entry.
4813 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4823 PROMPTER(1) -73- PROMPTER(1)
4827 prompter - prompting editor front-end for MH
4829 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
4830 prompter [-erase chr] [-kill chr] [-prepend] [-noprepend] [-rapid]
4831 [-norapid] [-doteof] [-nodoteof] file [-help]
4833 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
4835 This program is normally not invoked directly by users but takes
4836 the place of an editor and acts as an editor front-end. It
4837 operates on an 822-style message draft skeleton specified by file,
4838 normally provided by _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, or _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl.
4840 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br is an editor which allows rapid composition of messages.
4841 It is particularly useful to network and low-speed (less than 2400
4842 baud) users of _
\bM_
\bH. It is an _
\bM_
\bH program in that it can have its own
4843 profile entry with switches, but it is not invoked directly by the
4844 user. The commands _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl invoke _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br as
4845 an editor, either when invoked with `-editor prompter', or by the
4846 profile entry "Editor: prompter", or when given the command
4847 `edit prompter' at "What now?" level.
4849 For each empty component _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br finds in the draft, the user is
4850 prompted for a response; A <RETURN> will cause the whole component
4851 to be left out. Otherwise, a `\' preceding a <RETURN> will con-
4852 tinue the response on the next line, allowing for multiline com-
4853 ponents. Continuation lines must begin with a space or tab.
4855 Each non-empty component is copied to the draft and displayed on
4858 The start of the message body is denoted by a blank line or a line
4859 of dashes. If the body is non-empty, the prompt, which isn't writ-
4862 "--------Enter additional text",
4864 or (if `-prepend' was given)
4866 "--------Enter initial text".
4868 Message-body typing is terminated with an end-of-file (usually
4869 CTRL-D). With the `-doteof' switch, a period on a line all by
4870 itself also signifies end-of-file. At this point control is
4871 returned to the calling program, where the user is asked "What
4872 now?". See _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw for the valid options to this query.
4874 By using the `-prepend' switch, the user can add type-in to the
4875 beginning of the message body and have the rest of the body follow.
4876 This is useful for the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw command.
4879 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4889 PROMPTER(1) -74- PROMPTER(1)
4892 By using the `-rapid' switch, if the draft already contains text in
4893 the message-body, it is not displayed on the user's terminal. This
4894 is useful for low-speed terminals.
4896 The line editing characters for kill and erase may be specified by
4897 the user via the arguments `-kill chr' and `-erase chr', where chr
4898 may be a character; or `\nnn', where "nnn" is the octal value for
4901 An interrupt (usually CTRL-C) during component typing will abort
4902 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br and the _
\bM_
\bH command that invoked it. An interrupt during
4903 message-body typing is equivalent to CTRL-D, for historical rea-
4904 sons. This means that _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br should finish up and exit.
4906 The first non-flag argument to _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br is taken as the name of the
4907 draft file, and subsequent non-flag arguments are ignored.
4909 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
4910 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
4911 /tmp/prompter* Temporary copy of message
4914 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
4915 prompter-next: To name the editor to be used on exit from
4916 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br
4917 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new draft
4920 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
4921 comp(1), dist(1), forw(1), repl(1), whatnow(1)
4924 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
4930 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
4933 _
\bH_
\be_
\bl_
\bp_
\bf_
\bu_
\bl _
\bH_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
4935 The `-rapid' option is particularly useful with _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and
4936 `-noprepend' is useful with _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp -_
\bu_
\bs_
\be.
4938 The user may wish to link _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br under several names (e.g., "ra-
4939 pid") and give appropriate switches in the profile entries under
4940 these names (e.g., "rapid: -rapid"). This facilitates invoking
4941 prompter differently for different _
\bM_
\bH commands (e.g., "forw: -edi-
4945 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
4955 PROMPTER(1) -75- PROMPTER(1)
4959 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\br uses _
\bs_
\bt_
\bd_
\bi_
\bo (3), so it will lose if you edit files with
5011 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5021 RCVSTORE(1) -76- RCVSTORE(1)
5025 rcvstore - incorporate new mail asynchronously
5027 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
5028 /usr/local/lib/mh/rcvstore [+folder] [-create] [-nocreate]
5029 [-sequence name ...] [-public] [-nopublic] [-zero] [-nozero]
5032 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
5034 _
\bR_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be incorporates a message from the standard input into an _
\bM_
\bH
5035 folder. If `+folder' isn't specified, a folder in the user's _
\bM_
\bH
5036 directory will be used, either that specified by the "Inbox:" entry
5037 in the user's profile, or the folder named "inbox". The new mes-
5038 sage being incorporated is assigned the next highest number in the
5039 folder. If the specified (or default) folder doesn't exist, then
5040 it will be created if the `-create' option is specified, otherwise
5041 _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be will exit.
5043 If the user's profile contains a "Msg-Protect: nnn" entry, it will
5044 be used as the protection on the newly created messages, otherwise
5045 the _
\bM_
\bH default of 0644 will be used. During all operations on mes-
5046 sages, this initially assigned protection will be preserved for
5047 each message, so _
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\bo_
\bd(1) may be used to set a protection on an
5048 individual message, and its protection will be preserved
5051 _
\bR_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be will incorporate anything except zero length messages into
5052 the user's MH folder.
5054 If the profile entry "Unseen-Sequence" is present and non-empty,
5055 then _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be will add the newly incorporated message to each
5056 sequence named by the profile entry. This is similar to the
5057 "Previous-Sequence" profile entry supported by all _
\bM_
\bH commands
5058 which take `msgs' or `msg' arguments. Note that _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be will not
5059 zero each sequence prior to adding messages.
5061 Furthermore, the incoming messages may be added to user-defined
5062 sequences as they arrive by appropriate use of the `-sequence'
5063 option. As with _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk, use of the `-zero' and `-nozero' switches
5064 can also be used to zero old sequences or not. Similarly, use of
5065 the `-public' and `-nopublic switches may be used to force addi-
5066 tions to public and private sequences.
5068 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
5069 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
5077 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5087 RCVSTORE(1) -77- RCVSTORE(1)
5090 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
5091 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
5092 Folder-Protect: To set mode when creating a new folder
5093 Inbox: To find the default inbox
5094 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new message
5095 Unseen-Sequence: To name sequences denoting unseen messages
5098 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
5099 inc(1), pick(1), mh-mail(5)
5102 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
5103 `+folder' defaults to "inbox"
5105 `-nopublic' if the folder is read-only, `-public' otherwise
5109 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5110 No context changes will be attempted, with the exception of se-
5111 quence manipulation.
5115 If you use the "Unseen-Sequence" profile entry, _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be could try
5116 to update the context while another _
\bM_
\bH process is also trying to do
5117 so. This can cause the context to become corrupted. To avoid
5118 this, do not use _
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\be if you use the "Unseen-Sequence" profile
5143 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5153 REFILE(1) -78- REFILE(1)
5157 refile - file message in other folders
5159 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
5160 refile [msgs] [-draft] [-link] [-nolink] [-preserve] [-nopreserve]
5161 [-src +folder] [-file file] [-rmmproc program] [-normmproc]
5164 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
5166 _
\bR_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be moves (_
\bm_
\bv (1)) or links (_
\bl_
\bn (1)) messages from a source
5167 folder into one or more destination folders. If you think of a
5168 message as a sheet of paper, this operation is not unlike filing
5169 the sheet of paper (or copies) in file cabinet folders. When a
5170 message is filed, it is linked into the destination folder(s) if
5171 possible, and is copied otherwise. As long as the destination
5172 folders are all on the same file system, multiple filing causes
5173 little storage overhead. This facility provides a good way to
5174 cross-file or multiply-index messages. For example, if a message
5175 is received from Jones about the ARPA Map Project, the command
5177 refile cur +jones +Map
5179 would allow the message to be found in either of the two folders
5182 The option `-file file' directs _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be to use the specified file as
5183 the source message to be filed, rather than a message from a
5184 folder. Note that the file should be a validly formatted message,
5185 just like any other _
\bM_
\bH message. It should NOT be in mail drop for-
5186 mat (to convert a file in mail drop format to a folder of _
\bM_
\bH mes-
5187 sages, see _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (1)).
5189 If a destination folder doesn't exist, _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be will ask if you want
5190 to create it. A negative response will abort the file operation.
5191 If the standard input for _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be is _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt a tty, then _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be will not
5192 ask any questions and will proceed as if the user answered "yes" to
5195 The option `-link' preserves the source folder copy of the message
5196 (i.e., it does a _
\bl_
\bn(1) rather than a _
\bm_
\bv(1)), whereas, `-nolink'
5197 deletes the filed messages from the source folder. Normally, when
5198 a message is filed, it is assigned the next highest number avail-
5199 able in each of the destination folders. Use of the `-preserve'
5200 switch will override this message renaming, but name conflicts may
5201 occur, so use this switch cautiously.
5203 If `-link' is not specified (or `-nolink' is specified), the filed
5204 messages will be removed from the source folder, by renaming them
5205 with a site-dependent prefix (usually a comma).
5209 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5219 REFILE(1) -79- REFILE(1)
5222 If the user has a profile component such as
5226 then _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be will instead call the named program to delete the mes-
5227 sage files. The user may specify `-rmmproc program' on the command
5228 line to override this profile specification. The `-normmproc'
5229 option forces the message files to be deleted by renaming them as
5232 The `-draft' switch tells _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be to file the <mh-dir>/draft.
5234 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
5235 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
5238 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
5239 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
5240 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
5241 Folder-Protect: To set mode when creating a new folder
5242 rmmproc: Program to delete the message
5245 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
5249 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
5250 `-src +folder' defaults to the current folder
5251 `msgs' defaults to cur
5256 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5257 If `-src +folder' is given, it will become the current folder. If
5258 neither `-link' nor `all' is specified, the current message in the
5259 source folder will be set to the last message specified; otherwise,
5260 the current message won't be changed.
5262 If the Previous-Sequence profile entry is set, in addition to de-
5263 fining the named sequences from the source folder, _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be will also
5264 define those sequences for the destination folders. See
5265 _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (5) for information concerning the previous sequence.
5269 Since _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be uses your _
\br_
\bm_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc to delete the message, the _
\br_
\bm_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc
5270 must NOT call _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be without specifying `-normmproc', or you will
5271 create an infinte loop.
5275 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5285 REPL(1) -80- REPL(1)
5289 repl - reply to a message
5291 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
5292 repl [+folder] [msg] [-annotate] [-noannotate] [-cc all/to/cc/me]
5293 [-nocc all/to/cc/me] [-draftfolder +folder]
5294 [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder] [-editor editor]
5295 [-noedit] [-fcc +folder] [-filter filterfile] [-form formfile]
5296 [-inplace] [-noinplace] [-query] [-noquery] [-width columns]
5297 [-whatnowproc program] [-nowhatnowproc] [-help]
5299 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
5301 _
\bR_
\be_
\bp_
\bl aids a user in producing a reply to an existing message. _
\bR_
\be_
\bp_
\bl
5302 uses a reply template to guide its actions when constructing the
5303 message draft of the reply. In its simplest form (with no argu-
5304 ments), it will set up a message-form skeleton in reply to the
5305 current message in the current folder, and invoke the whatnow
5306 shell. The default reply template will direct _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl to construct
5307 the composed message as follows:
5309 To: <Reply-To> or <From>
5310 cc: <cc>, <To>, and yourself
5311 Subject: Re: <Subject>
5312 In-reply-to: Your message of <Date>.
5315 where field names enclosed in angle brackets (< >) indicate the
5316 contents of the named field from the message to which the reply is
5317 being made. A reply template is simply a format file. See
5318 _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) for the details.
5320 The `-cc type' switch takes an argument which specifies who gets
5321 placed on the "cc:" list of the reply. The `-query' switch modi-
5322 fies the action of `-cc type' switch by interactively asking you if
5323 each address that normally would be placed in the "To:" and "cc:"
5324 list should actually be sent a copy. (This is useful for
5325 special-purpose replies.) Note that the position of the `-cc' and
5326 `-nocc' switches, like all other switches which take a positive and
5327 negative form, is important.
5329 Lines beginning with the fields "To:", "cc:", and "Bcc:" will be
5330 standardized and have duplicate addresses removed. In addition,
5331 the `-width columns' switch will guide _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl's formatting of these
5334 If the file named "replcomps" exists in the user's MH directory, it
5335 will be used instead of the default form. In either case, the file
5336 specified by `-form formfile' will be used if given.
5338 If the draft already exists, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl will ask you as to the disposi-
5339 tion of the draft. A reply of quit will abort _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl, leaving the
5341 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5351 REPL(1) -81- REPL(1)
5354 draft intact; replace will replace the existing draft with a blank
5355 skeleton; and list will display the draft.
5357 See _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (1) for a description of the `-editor' and `-noedit'
5358 switches. Note that while in the editor, the message being replied
5359 to is available through a link named "@" (assuming the default
5360 _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc ). In addition, the actual pathname of the message is
5361 stored in the envariable $editalt, and the pathname of the folder
5362 containing the message is stored in the envariable $mhfolder.
5364 Although _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl uses the `-form formfile' switch to direct it how to
5365 construct the beginning of the draft, the `-filter filterfile'
5366 switch directs _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl as to how the message being replied-to should
5367 be formatted in the body of the draft. If `-filter' is not speci-
5368 fied, then the message being replied-to is not included in the body
5369 of the draft. If `-filter filterfile' is specified, then the mes-
5370 sage being replied-to is filtered (re-formatted) prior to being
5371 output to the body of the draft. The filter file for _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl should
5372 be a standard form file for _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl, as _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl will invoke _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl to format
5373 the message being replied-to. There is no default message filter
5374 (`-filter' must be followed by a file name). A filter file that is
5378 body:nocomponent,compwidth=9,offset=9
5380 which says to output a blank line and then the body of the message
5381 being replied-to, indented by one tab-stop. Another format popular
5385 message-id:nocomponent,nonewline,\
5386 formatfield="In message %{text}, "
5387 from:nocomponent,formatfield="%(friendly{text}) writes:"
5388 body:component=">",overflowtext=">",overflowoffset=0
5390 Which cites the Message-ID and author of the message being
5391 replied-to, and then outputs each line of the body prefaced with
5394 If the `-annotate' switch is given, the message being replied-to
5395 will be annotated with the lines
5400 where the address list contains one line for each addressee. The
5401 annotation will be done only if the message is sent directly from
5402 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl. If the message is not sent immediately from _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl,
5403 "comp -use" may be used to re-edit and send the constructed mes-
5404 sage, but the annotations won't take place. The `-inplace' switch
5405 causes annotation to be done in place in order to preserve links to
5407 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5417 REPL(1) -82- REPL(1)
5420 the annotated message.
5422 The `-fcc +folder' switch can be used to automatically specify a
5423 folder to receive Fcc:s. More than one folder, each preceeded by
5424 `-fcc' can be named.
5426 In addition to the standard _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) escapes, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl also recog-
5427 nizes the following additional _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt escape:
5429 _
\bE_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn_
\bs _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
5430 _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc string Any folders specified with `-fcc folder'
5432 To avoid reiteration, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl strips any leading `Re: ' strings from
5433 the _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt component.
5435 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
5436 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
5437 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
5438 manual for more information.
5440 Upon exiting from the editor, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl will invoke the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program.
5441 See _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw (1) for a discussion of available options. The invoca-
5442 tion of this program can be inhibited by using the `-nowhatnowproc'
5443 switch. (In truth of fact, it is the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program which starts
5444 the initial edit. Hence, `-nowhatnowproc' will prevent any edit
5447 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
5448 /usr/local/lib/mh/replcomps The reply template
5449 or <mh-dir>/replcomps Rather than the standard template
5450 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
5451 <mh-dir>/draft The draft file
5454 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
5455 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
5456 Alternate-Mailboxes: To determine the user's mailboxes
5457 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
5458 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
5459 Editor: To override the default editor
5460 Msg-Protect: To set mode when creating a new message
5462 fileproc: Program to refile the message
5463 mhlproc: Program to filter message being replied-to
5464 whatnowproc: Program to ask the "What now?" questions
5467 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
5468 comp(1), dist(1), forw(1), send(1), whatnow(1), mh-format(5)
5473 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5483 REPL(1) -83- REPL(1)
5486 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
5487 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
5488 `msg' defaults to cur
5489 `-nocc all' at ATHENA sites, `-cc all' otherwise
5497 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5498 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. The mes-
5499 sage replied-to will become the current message.
5502 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
5503 Prior to using the format string mechanism, `-noformat' used to
5504 cause address headers to be output as-is. Now all address fields
5505 are formatted using Internet standard guidelines.
5509 If any addresses occur in the reply template, addresses in the tem-
5510 plate that do not contain hosts are defaulted incorrectly. Instead
5511 of using the localhost for the default, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl uses the sender's
5512 host. Moral of the story: if you're going to include addresses in
5513 a reply template, include the host portion of the address.
5515 The `-width columns' switch is only used to do address-folding;
5516 other headers are not line-wrapped.
5518 If _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, then _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl uses a built-in _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, it
5519 does not actually run the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program. Hence, if you define
5520 your own _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw since _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl won't run
5523 If your current working directory is not writable, the link named
5524 "@" is not available.
5539 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5553 rmf - remove an MH folder
5555 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
5556 rmf [+folder] [-interactive] [-nointeractive] [-help]
5558 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
5560 _
\bR_
\bm_
\bf removes all of the messages (files) within the specified (or
5561 default) folder, and then removes the folder (directory) itself.
5562 If there are any files within the folder which are not a part of
5563 _
\bM_
\bH, they will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt be removed, and an error will be produced. If
5564 the folder is given explicitly or the `-nointeractive' option is
5565 given, then the folder will be removed without confirmation. Oth-
5566 erwise, the user will be asked for confirmation. If _
\br_
\bm_
\bf can't find
5567 the current folder, for some reason, the folder to be removed
5568 defaults to `+inbox' (unless overridden by user's profile entry
5569 "Inbox") with confirmation.
5571 _
\bR_
\bm_
\bf irreversibly deletes messages that don't have other links, so
5572 use it with caution.
5574 If the folder being removed is a subfolder, the parent folder will
5575 become the new current folder, and _
\br_
\bm_
\bf will produce a message tel-
5576 ling the user this has happened. This provides an easy mechanism
5577 for selecting a set of messages, operating on the list, then remov-
5578 ing the list and returning to the current folder from which the
5581 _
\bR_
\bm_
\bf of a read-only folder will delete the private sequence and cur
5582 information (i.e., "atr-_
\bs_
\be_
\bq-_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br" entries) from the profile
5583 without affecting the folder itself.
5585 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
5586 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
5589 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
5590 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
5591 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
5592 Inbox: To find the default inbox
5595 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
5599 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
5600 `+folder' defaults to the current folder, usually with confirmation
5601 `-interactive' if +folder' not given, `-nointeractive' otherwise
5605 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5618 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5619 _
\bR_
\bm_
\bf will set the current folder to the parent folder if a subfolder
5620 is removed; or if the current folder is removed, it will make "in-
5621 box" current. Otherwise, it doesn't change the current folder or
5626 Although intuitively one would suspect that _
\br_
\bm_
\bf works recursively,
5627 it does not. Hence if you have a sub-folder within a folder, in
5628 order to _
\br_
\bm_
\bf the parent, you must first _
\br_
\bm_
\bf each of the children.
5671 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5685 rmm - remove messages
5687 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
5688 rmm [+folder] [msgs] [-help]
5690 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
5692 _
\bR_
\bm_
\bm removes the specified messages by renaming the message files
5693 with preceding commas. Many sites consider files that start with a
5694 comma to be a temporary backup, and arrange for _
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bn (8) to remove
5695 such files once a day.
5697 If the user has a profile component such as
5701 then instead of simply renaming the message file, _
\br_
\bm_
\bm will call the
5702 named program to delete the file. Note that at most installations,
5703 _
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bn (8) is told to remove files that begin with a comma once a
5706 Some users of csh prefer the following:
5708 alias rmm 'refile +d'
5710 where folder +d is a folder for deleted messages, and
5712 alias mexp 'rm `mhpath +d all`'
5714 is used to "expunge" deleted messages.
5716 The current message is not changed by _
\br_
\bm_
\bm, so a _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt will advance
5717 to the next message in the folder as expected.
5719 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
5720 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
5723 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
5724 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
5725 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
5726 rmmproc: Program to delete the message
5729 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
5733 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
5734 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
5735 `msgs' defaults to cur
5737 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5750 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5751 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder.
5755 Since _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be uses your _
\br_
\bm_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc to delete the message, the _
\br_
\bm_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc
5756 must NOT call _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be without specifying `-normmproc', or you will
5757 create an infinte loop.
5803 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5813 SCAN(1) -88- SCAN(1)
5817 scan - produce a one line per message scan listing
5819 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
5820 scan [+folder] [msgs] [-clear] [-noclear] [-form formatfile]
5821 [-format string] [-header] [-noheader] [-width columns]
5822 [-reverse] [-noreverse] [-file filename] [-help]
5824 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
5826 _
\bS_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn produces a one-line-per-message listing of the specified mes-
5827 sages. Each _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn line contains the message number (name), the
5828 date, the "From:" field, the "Subject" field, and, if room allows,
5829 some of the body of the message. For example:
5831 15+ 7/ 5 Dcrocker nned <<Last week I asked some of
5832 16 - 7/ 5 dcrocker message id format <<I recommend
5833 18 7/ 6 Obrien Re: Exit status from mkdir
5834 19 7/ 7 Obrien "scan" listing format in MH
5836 The `+' on message 15 indicates that it is the current message.
5837 The `-' on message 16 indicates that it has been replied to, as
5838 indicated by a "Replied:" component produced by an `-annotate'
5839 switch to the _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl command.
5841 If there is sufficient room left on the _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn line after the sub-
5842 ject, the line will be filled with text from the body, preceded by
5843 <<, and terminated by >> if the body is sufficiently short. _
\bS_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn
5844 actually reads each of the specified messages and parses them to
5845 extract the desired fields. During parsing, appropriate error mes-
5846 sages will be produced if there are format errors in any of the
5849 The `-header' switch produces a header line prior to the _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn list-
5850 ing. Currently, the name of the folder and the current date and
5851 time are output (see the HISTORY section for more information).
5853 If the `-clear' switch is used and _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn'_
\bs output is directed to a
5854 terminal, then _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn will consult the $TERM and $TERMCAP envariables
5855 to determine your terminal type in order to find out how to clear
5856 the screen prior to exiting. If the `-clear' switch is used and
5857 _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn'_
\bs output is not directed to a terminal (e.g., a pipe or a
5858 file), then _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn will send a formfeed prior to exiting.
5860 For example, the command:
5862 (scan -clear -header; show all -show pr -f) | lpr
5864 produces a scan listing of the current folder, followed by a
5865 formfeed, followed by a formatted listing of all messages in the
5866 folder, one per page. Omitting `-show pr -f' will cause the mes-
5867 sages to be concatenated, separated by a one-line header and two
5869 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5879 SCAN(1) -89- SCAN(1)
5884 If _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn encounters a message without a "Date:" field, rather than
5885 leaving that portion of the scan listing blank, the date is
5886 filled-in with the last write date of the message, and post-fixed
5887 with a `*'. This is particularly handy for scanning a _
\bd_
\br_
\ba_
\bf_
\bt
5888 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br, as message drafts usually aren't allowed to have dates in
5891 To override the output format used by _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn, the `-format string' or
5892 `-form file' switches are used. This permits individual fields of
5893 the scan listing to be extracted with ease. The string is simply a
5894 format string and the file is simply a format file. See
5895 _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) for the details.
5897 In addition to the standard _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) escapes, _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn also recog-
5898 nizes the following additional _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt escapes:
5900 _
\bE_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn_
\bs _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
5901 body string the (compressed) first part of the body
5902 dtimenow date the current date
5903 folder string the name of the current folder
5905 Also, if no date header was present in the message, the _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
5906 escapes which operate on {_
\bd_
\ba_
\bt_
\be} will return values for the date of
5907 last modification of the message file itself.
5909 _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn will update the _
\bM_
\bH context prior to starting the listing, so
5910 interrupting a long _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn listing preserves the new context. _
\bM_
\bH
5911 purists hate this idea.
5913 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
5914 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
5917 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
5918 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
5919 Alternate-Mailboxes: To determine the user's mailboxes
5920 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
5923 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
5924 inc(1), pick(1), show(1), mh-format(5)
5927 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
5928 `+folder' defaults to the folder current
5929 `msgs' defaults to all
5930 `-format' defaulted as described above
5932 `-width' defaulted to the width of the terminal
5935 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
5945 SCAN(1) -90- SCAN(1)
5948 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5949 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder.
5952 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
5953 Prior to using the format string mechanism, `-header' used to gen-
5954 erate a heading saying what each column in the listing was. Format
5955 strings prevent this from happening.
5959 The argument to the `-format' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
5960 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn. Therefore, one must usu-
5961 ally place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
5962 The value of each _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt escape is set by _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn to the contents
5963 of the first message header _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn encounters with the corresponding
5964 component name; any following headers with the same component name
5967 The switch `-reverse', makes _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn list the messages in reverse ord-
5968 er; this should be considered a bug.
5970 The `-file filename' switch allows the user to obtain a _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn list-
5971 ing of a maildrop file as produced by _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf. This listing includes
5972 every message in the file. The user should use _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh for more selec-
5973 tive processing of the file. `-reverse' is ignored with this op-
6001 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6011 SEND(1) -91- SEND(1)
6015 send - send a message
6017 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
6018 send [-alias aliasfile] [-draft] [-draftfolder +folder]
6019 [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder] [-filter filterfile]
6020 [-nofilter] [-format] [-noformat] [-forward] [-noforward]
6021 [-msgid] [-nomsgid] [-push] [-nopush] [-verbose] [-noverbose]
6022 [-watch] [-nowatch] [-width columns] [file ...] [-help]
6024 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
6026 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd will cause each of the specified files to be delivered (via
6027 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8)) to each of the destinations in the "To:", "cc:", "Bcc:",
6028 and "Fcc:" fields of the message. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd is re-distributing a
6029 message, as invoked from _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, then the corresponding "Resent-xxx"
6030 fields are examined instead.
6032 If `-push' is specified, _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd will detach itself from the user's
6033 terminal and perform its actions in the background. If _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh 'd and
6034 the draft can't be sent, then the `-forward' switch says that draft
6035 should be forwarded with the failure notice sent to the user. This
6036 differs from putting _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd in the background because the output is
6037 trapped and analyzed by _
\bM_
\bH.
6039 If `-verbose' is specified, _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd will indicate the interactions
6040 occurring with the transport system, prior to actual delivery. If
6041 `-watch' is specified _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd will monitor the delivery of local and
6042 network mail. Hence, by specifying both switches, a large detail
6043 of information can be gathered about each step of the message's
6044 entry into the transport system.
6046 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
6047 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
6048 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
6049 manual for more information.
6051 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd with no _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be argument will query whether the draft is the
6052 intended file, whereas `-draft' will suppress this question. Once
6053 the transport system has successfully accepted custody of the mes-
6054 sage, the file will be renamed with a leading comma, which allows
6055 it to be retrieved until the next draft message is sent. If there
6056 are errors in the formatting of the message, _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd will abort with a
6057 (hopefully) helpful error message.
6059 If a "Bcc:" field is encountered, its addresses will be used for
6060 delivery, and the "Bcc:" field will be removed from the message
6061 sent to sighted recipients. The blind recipients will receive an
6062 entirely new message with a minimal set of headers. Included in
6063 the body of the message will be a copy of the message sent to the
6064 sighted recipients. If `-filter filterfile' is specified, then
6065 this copy is filtered (re-formatted) prior to being sent to the
6067 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6077 SEND(1) -92- SEND(1)
6082 Prior to sending the message, the fields "From: user@local", and
6083 "Date: now" will be appended to the headers in the message. If the
6084 envariable $SIGNATURE is set, then its value is used as your per-
6085 sonal name when constructing the "From:" line of the message. If
6086 this envariable is not set, then _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd will consult the profile
6087 entry "Signature" for this information. On hosts where _
\bM_
\bH was con-
6088 figured with the UCI option, if $SIGNATURE is not set and the "Sig-
6089 nature" profile entry is not present, then the file
6090 $HOME/.signature is consulted. If `-msgid' is specified, then a
6091 "Message-ID:" field will also be added to the message.
6093 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd is re-distributing a message (when invoked by _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt ), then
6094 "Resent-" will be prepended to each of these fields: "From:",
6095 "Date:", and "Message-ID:". If the message already contains a
6096 "From:" field, then a "Sender: user@local" field will be added as
6097 well. (An already existing "Sender:" field is an error!)
6099 By using the `-format' switch, each of the entries in the "To:" and
6100 "cc:" fields will be replaced with "standard" format entries. This
6101 standard format is designed to be usable by all of the message
6102 handlers on the various systems around the Internet. If `-nofor-
6103 mat' is given, then headers are output exactly as they appear in
6106 If an "Fcc: folder" is encountered, the message will be copied to
6107 the specified folder for the sender in the format in which it will
6108 appear to any non-Bcc receivers of the message. That is, it will
6109 have the appended fields and field reformatting. The "Fcc:" fields
6110 will be removed from all outgoing copies of the message.
6112 By using the `-width columns' switch, the user can direct _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd as
6113 to how long it should make header lines containing addresses.
6115 The files specified by the profile entry "Aliasfile:" and any addi-
6116 tional alias files given by the `-alias aliasfile' switch will be
6117 read (more than one file, each preceeded by `-alias', can be
6118 named). See _
\bm_
\bh-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (5) for more information.
6120 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
6121 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
6124 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
6125 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
6126 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
6127 Aliasfile: For a default alias file
6128 Signature: To determine the user's mail signature
6129 mailproc: Program to post failure notices
6130 postproc: Program to post the message
6133 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6143 SEND(1) -93- SEND(1)
6146 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
6147 comp(1), dist(1), forw(1), repl(1), mh-alias(5), post(8)
6150 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
6151 `file' defaults to <mh-dir>/draft
6152 `-alias /usr/local/lib/mh/MailAliases'
6164 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
6169 Under some configurations, it is not possible to mointor the mail
6170 delivery transaction; `-watch' is a no-op on those systems.
6199 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6209 SHOW(1) -94- SHOW(1)
6213 show - show (list) messages
6215 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
6216 show [+folder] [msgs] [-draft] [-header] [-noheader]
6217 [-showproc program] [-noshowproc] [switches for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc]
6220 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
6222 _
\bS_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw lists each of the specified messages to the standard output
6223 (typically, the terminal). Typically, the messages are listed
6224 exactly as they are, with no reformatting. A program named by the
6225 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc profile component is invoked to do the listing, and any
6226 switches not recognized by _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw are passed along to that program.
6227 The default program is known as _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be (1). To override the default
6228 and the _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc profile component, use the `-showproc program'
6229 switch. For example, `-show pr' will cause the _
\bp_
\br (1) program to
6230 list the messages. The _
\bM_
\bH command _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl can be used as a _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc to
6231 show messages in a more uniform format. Normally, this program is
6232 specified as the _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is the user's .mh_profile. See _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl (1)
6233 for the details. If the `-noshowproc' option is specified,
6234 `/bin/cat' is used instead of _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc.
6236 The `-header' switch tells _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw to display a one-line description
6237 of the message being shown. This description includes the folder
6238 and the message number.
6240 If no `msgs' are specified, the current message is used. If more
6241 than one message is specified, _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be will prompt for a <RETURN>
6242 prior to listing each message. _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be will list each message, a page
6243 at a time. When the end of page is reached, _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be will ring the
6244 bell and wait for a <SPACE> or <RETURN>. If a <RETURN> is entered,
6245 _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be will print the next line, whereas <SPACE> will print the next
6246 screenful. To exit _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be, type "q".
6248 If the standard output is not a terminal, no queries are made, and
6249 each file is listed with a one-line header and two lines of separa-
6252 "show -draft" will list the file <mh-dir>/draft if it exists.
6254 If the profile entry "Unseen-Sequence" is present and non-empty,
6255 then _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw will remove each of the messages shown from each sequence
6256 named by the profile entry. This is similar to the
6257 "Previous-Sequence" profile entry supported by all _
\bM_
\bH commands
6258 which take `msgs' or `msg' arguments.
6260 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
6261 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
6265 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6275 SHOW(1) -95- SHOW(1)
6278 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
6279 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
6280 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
6281 Unseen-Sequence: To name sequences denoting unseen messages
6282 showproc: Program to show messages
6285 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
6286 mhl(1), more(1), next(1), pick(1), prev(1), scan(1)
6289 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
6290 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
6291 `msgs' defaults to cur
6295 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
6296 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. The last
6297 message shown will become the current message.
6331 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6341 SHOW(1) -96- SHOW(1)
6345 The `-header' switch doesn't work when `msgs' expands to more than
6346 one message. If the _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl, then is problem can be cir-
6347 cumvented by referencing the "messagename" field in the _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl format
6350 _
\bS_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw updates the user's context before showing the message. Hence
6351 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw will mark messages as seen prior to the user actually seeing
6352 them. This is generally not a problem, unless the user relies on
6353 the "unseen" messages mechanism, and interrupts _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw while it is
6354 showing "unseen" messages.
6356 If _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl, then _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw uses a built-in _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl: it does not ac-
6357 tually run the _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl program. Hence, if you define your own
6358 _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl since _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw won't run it.
6360 If _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be (1) is your showproc (the default), then avoid running _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw
6361 in the background with only its standard output piped to another
6366 Due to a bug in _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be, show will go into a "tty input" state. To
6367 avoid this problem, re-direct _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw's diagnostic output as well.
6368 For users of _
\bc_
\bs_
\bh:
6372 For users of _
\bs_
\bh:
6374 show 2>&1 | imprint &
6397 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6407 SLOCAL(1) -97- SLOCAL(1)
6411 slocal - special local mail delivery
6413 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
6414 /usr/local/lib/mh/slocal [address info sender]
6415 [-addr address] [-info data] [-sender sender]
6416 [-user username] [-mailbox mbox] [-file file]
6417 [-maildelivery deliveryfile] [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-debug]
6420 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
6422 _
\bS_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl is a program designed to allow you to have your inbound mail
6423 processed according to a complex set of selection criteria. You do
6424 not normally invoke _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl yourself, rather _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl is invoked on
6425 your behalf by your system's Message Transfer Agent.
6427 The message selection criteria used by _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl is specified in the
6428 file ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by in the user's home directory. The format of
6429 this file is given below.
6431 The message delivery address and message sender are determined from
6432 the Message Transfer Agent envelope information, if possible.
6433 Under _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl, the sender will obtained from the UUCP "From "
6434 line, if present. The user may override these values with command
6435 line arguments, or arguments to the `-addr' and `-sender' switches.
6437 The message is normally read from the standard input. The `-file'
6438 switch sets the name of the file from which the message should be
6439 read, instead of reading stdin. The `-user' switch tells _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl
6440 the name of the user for whom it is delivering mail. The `-mail-
6441 box' switch tells _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl the name of the user's maildrop file.
6443 The `-info' switch may be used to pass an arbitrary argument to
6444 sub-processes which _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl may invoke on your behalf. The `-ver-
6445 bose' switch causes _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl to give information on stdout about its
6446 progress. The `-debug' switch produces more verbose debugging out-
6450 _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bT_
\br_
\ba_
\bn_
\bs_
\bf_
\be_
\br _
\bA_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
6452 If your MTA is _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl, you should include the line
6454 "| /usr/local/lib/mh/slocal -user username"
6456 in your .forward file in your home directory. This will cause
6457 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl to invoke _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl on your behalf.
6459 If your MTA is _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF-_
\bI, you should (symbolically) link
6460 /usr/local/lib/mh/slocal to the file bin/rcvmail in your home
6461 directory. This will cause _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF-_
\bI to invoke _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl on your behalf
6463 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6473 SLOCAL(1) -98- SLOCAL(1)
6476 with the correct "_
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs _
\bi_
\bn_
\bf_
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\br" arguments.
6478 If your MTA is _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF-_
\bI_
\bI, then you should not use _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl. An
6479 equivalent functionality is already provided by _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF-_
\bI_
\bI; see mail-
6480 delivery(5) for details.
6483 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
6486 The ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by file controls how local delivery is performed.
6487 Each line of this file consists of five fields, separated by
6488 white-space or comma. Since double-quotes are honored, these char-
6489 acters may be included in a single argument by enclosing the entire
6490 argument in double-quotes. A double-quote can be included by
6491 preceding it with a backslash. Lines beginning with `#' are
6492 ignored. The format of each line in the ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by file is:
6495 header pattern action result string
6498 The name of a header field that is to be searched for a pat-
6499 tern. This is any field in the headers of the message that
6500 might be present. The following special fields are also
6503 _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be the out-of-band sender information
6504 _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br the address that was used to cause delivery to the
6506 _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt this matches _
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by if the message hasn't been
6508 * this always matches
6511 The sequence of characters to match in the specified header
6512 field. Matching is case-insensitive, but does not use regular
6516 The action to take to deliver the message:
6518 _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\by This action always succeeds.
6520 _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be or > Append the message to the file named by string. The
6521 message is appended to the file in the maildrop for-
6522 mat which is used by your message transport system.
6523 If the message can be appended to the file, then
6524 this action succeeds. When writing to the file, a
6525 "Delivery-Date: date" header is added which indi-
6526 cates the date and time that message was appended to
6529 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6539 SLOCAL(1) -99- SLOCAL(1)
6542 _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx Identical to _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be, but always appends the message
6543 using the format used by _
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bf (the MMDF mailbox
6546 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be or | Pipe the message as the standard input to the com-
6547 mand named by string, using the Bourne shell _
\bs_
\bh(1)
6548 to interpret the string. Prior to giving the string
6549 to the shell, it is expanded with the following
6552 $(sender) the out-of-band sender information
6553 $(address) the address that was used to cause
6554 delivery to the recipient
6555 $(size) the size of the message in bytes
6556 $(reply-to) either the "Reply-To:" or "From:" field
6558 $(info) the out-of-band information specified
6559 _
\bq_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be or
6560 <_
\bc_
\ba_
\br_
\be_
\bt> Similar to _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be, but executes the command directly,
6561 after built-in variable expansion, without assis-
6562 tance from the shell. This action can be used to
6563 avoid quoting special characters which your shell
6567 Indicates how the action should be performed:
6569 _
\bA Perform the action. If the action succeeds, then
6570 the message is considered delivered.
6572 _
\bR Perform the action. Regardless of the outcome of
6573 the action, the message is not considered delivered.
6575 ? Perform the action only if the message has not been
6576 delivered. If the action succeeds, then the message
6577 is considered delivered.
6579 _
\bN Perform the action only if the message has not been
6580 delivered and the previous action succeeded. If
6581 this action succeeds, then the message is considered
6584 To summarize, here's an example:
6586 #_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
6587 # lines starting with a '#' are ignored, as are blank lines
6589 # file mail with mmdf2 in the "To:" line into file mmdf2.log
6590 _
\bT_
\bo _
\bm_
\bm_
\bd_
\bf_
\b2 _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bA _
\bm_
\bm_
\bd_
\bf_
\b2._
\bl_
\bo_
\bg
6591 # Messages from mmdf pipe to the program err-message-archive
6592 _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\bm_
\bm_
\bd_
\bf _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be _
\bA /_
\bb_
\bi_
\bn/_
\be_
\br_
\br-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be-_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
6593 # Anything with the "Sender:" address "mh-workers"
6595 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6605 SLOCAL(1) -100- SLOCAL(1)
6608 # file in mh.log if not filed already
6609 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bw_
\bo_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be ? _
\bm_
\bh._
\bl_
\bo_
\bg
6610 # "To:" unix - put in file unix-news
6611 _
\bT_
\bo _
\bU_
\bn_
\bi_
\bx > _
\bA _
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bx-_
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs
6612 # if the address is jpo=ack - send an acknowledgement copy back
6613 _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br _
\bj_
\bp_
\bo=_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk | _
\bR "/_
\bb_
\bi_
\bn/_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd -_
\br $(_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by-_
\bt_
\bo)"
6614 # anything from steve - destroy!
6615 _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bv_
\be _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\by _
\bA -
6616 # anything not matched yet - put into mailbox
6617 _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt - > ? _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
6619 * - | _
\bR /_
\bm_
\bh/_
\bl_
\bi_
\bb/_
\br_
\bc_
\bv_
\bt_
\bt_
\by
6621 The file is always read completely, so that several matches can be
6622 made and several actions can be taken. The ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by file must
6623 be owned either by the user or by root, and must be writable only
6624 by the owner. If the ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by file cannot be found, or does
6625 not perform an action which delivers the message, then the file
6626 /usr/local/lib/mh/maildelivery is read according to the same rules.
6627 This file must be owned by the root and must be writable only by
6628 the root. If this file cannot be found or does not perform an
6629 action which delivers the message, then standard delivery to the
6630 user's maildrop is performed.
6633 _
\bS_
\bu_
\bb-_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\bs _
\be_
\bn_
\bv_
\bi_
\br_
\bo_
\bn_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
6635 When a process is invoked, its environment is: the user/group-ids
6636 are set to recipient's ids; the working directory is the
6637 recipient's home directory; the umask is 0077; the process has no
6638 /dev/tty; the standard input is set to the message; the standard
6639 output and diagnostic output are set to /dev/null; all other file-
6640 descriptors are closed; the envariables $USER, $HOME, $SHELL are
6641 set appropriately, and no other envariables exist.
6643 The process is given a certain amount of time to execute. If the
6644 process does not exit within this limit, the process will be ter-
6645 minated with extreme prejudice. The amount of time is calculated
6646 as ((size x 60) + 300) seconds, where size is the number of bytes
6649 The exit status of the process is consulted in determining the suc-
6650 cess of the action. An exit status of zero means that the action
6651 succeeded. Any other exit status (or abnormal termination) means
6652 that the action failed.
6654 In order to avoid any time limitations, you might implement a pro-
6655 cess that began by _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg. The parent would return the appropri-
6656 ate value immediately, and the child could continue on, doing what-
6657 ever it wanted for as long as it wanted. This approach is somewhat
6658 risky if the parent is going to return an exit status of zero. If
6659 the parent is going to return a non-zero exit status, then this
6661 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6671 SLOCAL(1) -101- SLOCAL(1)
6674 approach can lead to quicker delivery into your maildrop.
6676 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
6677 /usr/local/lib/mh/mtstailor MH tailor file
6678 $HOME/.maildelivery The file controlling local delivery
6679 /usr/local/lib/mh/maildelivery Rather than the standard file
6680 /usr/spool/mail/$USER The default maildrop
6683 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
6684 rcvstore(1), mhook(1), mh-format(5)
6687 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
6689 `-maildelivery .maildelivery'
6690 `-mailbox /usr/spool/mail/$USER'
6691 `-file' defaults to stdin
6692 `-user' defaults to the current user
6695 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
6699 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
6700 _
\bS_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl is designed to be backward-compatible with the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by
6701 facility provided by _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF-_
\bI_
\bI. Thus, the ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by file syntax
6702 is limited, as is the functionality of _
\bs_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl.
6704 In addition to an exit status of zero, the _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF values _
\bR_
\bP__
\bM_
\bO_
\bK (32)
6705 and _
\bR_
\bP__
\bO_
\bK (9) mean that the message has been fully delivered. Any
6706 other non-zero exit status, including abnormal termination, is in-
6707 terpreted as the _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF value _
\bR_
\bP__
\bM_
\bE_
\bC_
\bH (200), which means "use an al-
6708 ternate route" (deliver the message to the maildrop).
6712 Only two return codes are meaningful, others should be.
6714 _
\bS_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl is designed to be backwards-compatible with the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by
6715 functionality provided by MMDF-II.
6717 Versions of _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF with the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by mechanism aren't entirely
6718 backwards-compatible with earlier versions of _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF. If you have an
6719 _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF-_
\bI old-style hook, the best you can do is to have a one-line
6720 ._
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by file:
6722 default - pipe A "bin/rcvmail $(address) $(info) $(sender)"
6727 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6737 SORTM(1) -102- SORTM(1)
6741 sortm - sort messages
6743 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
6744 sortm [+folder] [msgs] [-datefield field] [-textfield field]
6745 [-notextfield] [-limit days] [-nolimit] [-verbose]
6746 [-noverbose] [-help]
6748 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
6750 _
\bS_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm sorts the specified messages in the named folder according to
6751 the chronological order of the "Date:" field of each message.
6753 The `-verbose' switch directs _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm to tell the user the general
6754 actions that it is taking to place the folder in sorted order.
6756 The `-datefield field' switch tells _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm the name of the field to
6757 use when making the date comparison. If the user has a special
6758 field in each message, such as "BB-Posted:" or "Delivery-Date:",
6759 then the `-datefield' switch can be used to direct _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm which
6762 The `-textfield field' switch causes _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm to sort messages by the
6763 specified text field. If this field is "subject", any leading
6764 "re:" is stripped off. In any case, all characters except letters
6765 and numbers are stripped and the resulting strings are sorted
6766 datefield-major, textfield-minor, using a case insensitive com-
6769 With `-textfield field', if `-limit days' is specified, messages
6770 with similar textfields that are dated within `days' of each other
6771 appear together. Specifying `-nolimit' makes the limit infinity.
6772 With `-limit 0', the sort is instead made textfield-major,
6775 For example, to order a folder by date-major, subject-minor, use:
6777 sortm -textfield subject +folder
6780 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
6781 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
6784 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
6785 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
6786 Current-Folder: To find the default current folder
6789 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
6793 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6803 SORTM(1) -103- SORTM(1)
6806 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
6807 `+folder' defaults to the current folder
6808 `msgs' defaults to all
6815 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
6816 If a folder is given, it will become the current folder. If the
6817 current message is moved, _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm will preserve its status as
6821 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
6822 Timezones used to be ignored when comparing dates: they aren't any
6825 Messages which were in the folder, but not specified by `msgs',
6826 used to be moved to the end of the folder; now such messages are
6829 _
\bS_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm sometimes did not preserve the message numbering in a folder
6830 (e.g., messages 1, 3, and 5, might have been renumbered to 1, 2, 3
6831 after sorting). This was a bug, and has been fixed. To compress
6832 the message numbering in a folder, use "_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br -_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk" as always.
6836 If _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm encounters a message without a date-field, or if the mes-
6837 sage has a date-field that _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm cannot parse, then _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm attempts
6838 to keep the message in the same relative position. This does not
6839 always work. For instance, if the first message encountered lacks
6840 a date which can be parsed, then it will usually be placed at the
6841 end of the messages being sorted.
6843 When _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bm complains about a message which it can't temporally ord-
6844 er, it complains about the message number _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bo_
\br to sorting. It
6845 should indicate what the message number will be _
\ba_
\bf_
\bt_
\be_
\br sorting.
6859 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6873 vmh - visual front-end to MH
6875 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
6876 vmh [-prompt string] [-vmhproc program] [-novmhproc]
6877 [switches for _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-help]
6879 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
6881 _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh is a program which implements the server side of the _
\bM_
\bH window
6882 management protocol and uses _
\bc_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bs (3) routines to maintain a
6883 split-screen interface to any program which implements the client
6884 side of the protocol. This latter program, called the _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, is
6885 specified using the `-vmhproc program' switch.
6887 The upshot of all this is that one can run _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh on a display termi-
6888 nal and get a nice visual interface. To do this, for example, just
6893 to your .mh_profile. (This takes advantage of the fact that _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh is
6894 the default _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc for _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh.)
6896 In order to facilitate things, if the `-novmhproc' switch is given,
6897 and _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh can't run on the user's terminal, the _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is run
6898 directly without the window management protocol.
6900 After initializing the protocol, _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh prompts the user for a command
6901 to be given to the client. Usually, this results in output being
6902 sent to one or more windows. If a output to a window would cause
6903 it to scroll, _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh prompts the user for instructions, roughly per-
6904 mitting the capabilities of _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs or _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be (e.g., the ability to
6905 scroll backwards and forwards):
6907 SPACE advance to the next windowful
6908 RETURN * advance to the next line
6909 y * retreat to the previous line
6910 d * advance to the next ten lines
6911 u * retreat to the previous ten lines
6912 g * go to an arbitrary line
6913 (preceed g with the line number)
6914 G * go to the end of the window
6915 (if a line number is given, this acts like `g')
6916 CTRL-L refresh the entire screen
6917 h print a help message
6920 (A `*' indicates that a numeric prefix is meaningful for this com-
6923 Note that if a command resulted in more than one window's worth of
6925 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
6938 information being displayed, and you allow the command which is
6939 generating information for the window to gracefully finish (i.e.,
6940 you don't use the `q' command to abort information being sent to
6941 the window), then _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh will give you one last change to peruse the
6942 window. This is useful for scrolling back and forth. Just type
6943 `q' when you're done.
6945 To abnormally terminate _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh (without core dump), use <QUIT> (usu-
6946 ally CTRL-\). For instance, this does the "right" thing with _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc
6949 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
6950 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
6953 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
6954 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
6957 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
6961 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
6966 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
6971 The argument to the `-prompt' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
6972 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh. Therefore, one must usu-
6973 ally place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
6975 At present, there is no way to pass signals (e.g., interrupt, quit)
6976 to the client. However, generating QUIT when _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh is reading a com-
6977 mand from the terminal is sufficient to tell the client to go away
6980 Acts strangely (loses peer or botches window management protocol
6981 with peer) on random occasions.
6991 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7001 WHATNOW(1) -106- WHATNOW(1)
7005 whatnow - prompting front-end for send
7007 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
7008 whatnow [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
7009 [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-prompt string] [file] [-help]
7011 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
7013 _
\bW_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw is the default program that queries the user about the
7014 disposition of a composed draft. It is normally invoked by one of
7015 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, or _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl after the initial edit.
7017 When started, the editor is started on the draft (unless `-noedit'
7018 is given, in which case the initial edit is suppressed). Then,
7019 _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw repetitively prompts the user with "What now?" and awaits a
7020 response. The valid responses are:
7022 display to list the message being distributed/replied-to on
7024 edit to re-edit using the same editor that was used on the
7025 preceding round unless a profile entry
7026 "<lasteditor>-next: <editor>" names an alternate editor
7027 edit <editor> to invoke <editor> for further editing
7028 list to list the draft on the terminal
7029 push to send the message in the background
7030 quit to terminate the session and preserve the draft
7031 quit -delete to terminate, then delete the draft
7032 refile +folder to refile the draft into the given folder
7033 send to send the message
7034 send -watch to cause the delivery process to be monitored
7035 whom to list the addresses that the message will go to
7036 whom -check to list the addresses and verify that they are
7037 acceptable to the transport service
7039 For the edit response, any valid switch to the editor is valid.
7040 Similarly, for the send and whom responses, any valid switch to
7041 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1) and _
\bw_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm (1) commands, respectively, are valid. For the
7042 push response, any valid switch to _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1) is valid (as this
7043 merely invokes _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd with the `-push' option). For the _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
7044 response, any valid switch to the _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is valid. For the
7045 display and list responses, any valid argument to the _
\bl_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is
7046 valid. If any non-switch arguments are present, then the pathname
7047 of the draft will be excluded from the argument list given to the
7048 _
\bl_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc (this is useful for listing another _
\bM_
\bH message).
7050 See _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (5) for further information about how editors are
7051 used by MH. It also discusses how complex envariables can be used
7052 to direct _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw's actions.
7054 The `-prompt string' switch sets the prompting string for _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw.
7057 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7067 WHATNOW(1) -107- WHATNOW(1)
7070 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
7071 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
7072 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
7073 manual for more information.
7075 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
7076 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
7077 <mh-dir>/draft The draft file
7080 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
7081 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
7082 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
7083 Editor: To override the default editor
7084 <lasteditor>-next: To name an editor to be used after exit from
7086 fileproc: Program to refile the message
7087 lproc: Program to list the contents of a message
7088 sendproc: Program to use to send the message
7089 whomproc: Program to determine who a message would go to
7092 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
7096 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
7097 `-prompt "What Now? "'
7100 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
7105 The argument to the `-prompt' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
7106 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw. Therefore, one must
7107 usually place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
7109 If the initial edit fails, _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw deletes your draft (by renaming
7110 it with a leading comma); failure of a later edit preverves the
7113 If _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, then _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl use a
7114 built-in _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw, and do not actually run the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw program.
7115 Hence, if you define your own _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw
7116 since it won't be run.
7118 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc is _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd, then _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw uses a built-in _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd, it does not
7119 actually run the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd program. Hence, if you define your own
7120 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, don't call it _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd since _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw won't run it.
7123 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7133 WHATNOW(1) -108- WHATNOW(1)
7137 whom - report to whom a message would go
7139 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
7140 whom [-alias aliasfile] [-check] [-nocheck] [-draft]
7141 [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
7144 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
7146 _
\bW_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm is used to expand the headers of a message into a set of
7147 addresses and optionally verify that those addresses are deliver-
7148 able at that time (if `-check' is given).
7150 The `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg' switches invoke
7151 the _
\bM_
\bH draft folder facility. This is an advanced (and highly use-
7152 ful) feature. Consult the Advanced Features section of the _
\bM_
\bH
7153 manual for more information.
7155 The files specified by the profile entry "Aliasfile:" and any addi-
7156 tional alias files given by the `-alias aliasfile' switch will be
7157 read (more than one file, each preceeded by `-alias', can be
7158 named). See _
\bm_
\bh-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (5) for more information.
7160 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
7161 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
7164 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
7165 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
7166 Draft-Folder: To find the default draft-folder
7167 Aliasfile: For a default alias file
7168 postproc: Program to post the message
7171 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
7172 mh-alias(5), post(8)
7175 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
7176 `file' defaults to <mh-dir>/draft
7178 `-alias /usr/local/lib/mh/MailAliases'
7181 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
7189 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7199 WHOM(1) -109- WHOM(1)
7203 With the `-check' option, _
\bw_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm makes no guarantees that the ad-
7204 dresses listed as being ok are really deliverable, rather, an ad-
7205 dress being listed as ok means that at the time that _
\bw_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm was run
7206 the address was thought to be deliverable by the transport service.
7207 For local addresses, this is absolute; for network addresses, it
7208 means that the host is known; for uucp addresses, it (often) means
7209 that the _
\bU_
\bU_
\bC_
\bP network is available for use.
7255 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7268 _
\bM_
\bO_
\bR_
\bE _
\bD_
\bE_
\bT_
\bA_
\bI_
\bL_
\bS
7270 This section describes some of the more intense points of the _
\bM_
\bH
7271 system, by expanding on topics previously discussed. The format
7272 presented conforms to the standard form for the description of UNIX
7331 MH-ALIAS(5) -111- MH-ALIAS(5)
7335 mh-alias - alias file for MH message system
7337 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
7338 any _
\bM_
\bH command
7340 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
7342 This describes both _
\bM_
\bH personal alias files and the (primary) alias
7343 file for mail delivery, the file
7345 /usr/local/lib/mh/MailAliases
7347 It does not describe aliases files used by the message transport
7348 system. Each line of the alias file has the format:
7350 alias : address-group
7352 alias ; address-group
7360 address-group := address-list
7366 address-list := address
7367 | address-list, address
7369 Continuation lines in alias files end with `\' followed by the new-
7372 Alias-file and file are UNIX file names. UNIX-group is a group
7373 name (or number) from /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp. An address is a "simple"
7374 Internet-style address. Througout this file, case is ignored,
7375 except for alias-file names.
7377 If the line starts with a `<', then the file named after the `<' is
7378 read for more alias definitions. The reading is done recursively,
7379 so a `<' may occur in the beginning of an alias file with the
7382 If the address-group starts with a `<', then the file named after
7383 the `<' is read and its contents are added to the address-list for
7387 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7397 MH-ALIAS(5) -112- MH-ALIAS(5)
7400 If the address-group starts with an `=', then the file /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp
7401 is consulted for the UNIX-group named after the `='. Each login
7402 name occurring as a member of the group is added to the
7403 address-list for the alias.
7405 In contrast, if the address-group starts with a `+', then the file
7406 /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp is consulted to determine the group-id of the UNIX-group
7407 named after the `+'. Each login name occurring in the /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bd
7408 file whose group-id is indicated by this group is added to the
7409 address-list for the alias.
7411 If the address-group is simply `*', then the file /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bd is
7412 consulted and all login names with a userid greater than some magic
7413 number (usually 200) are added to the address-list for the alias.
7415 In match, a trailing * on an alias will match just about anything
7416 appropriate. (See example below.)
7418 An approximation of the way aliases are resolved at posting time is
7419 (it's not really done this way):
7421 1) Build a list of all addresses from the message to be
7422 delivered, eliminating duplicate addresses.
7424 2) If this draft originated on the local host, then for those
7425 addresses in the message that have no host specified, perform
7428 3) For each line in the alias file, compare "alias" against
7429 all of the existing addresses. If a match, remove the matched
7430 "alias" from the address list, and add each new address in the
7431 address-group to the address list if it is not already on the
7432 list. The alias itself is not usually output, rather the
7433 address-group that the alias maps to is output instead. If
7434 "alias" is terminated with a `;' instead of a `:', then both
7435 the "alias" and the address are output in the correct format.
7436 (This makes replies possible since _
\bM_
\bH aliases and personal
7437 aliases are unknown to the mail transport system.)
7439 Since the alias file is read line by line, forward references work,
7440 but backward references are not recognized, thus, there is no
7453 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7463 MH-ALIAS(5) -113- MH-ALIAS(5)
7467 </usr/local/lib/mh/BBoardAliases
7468 sgroup: fred, fear, freida
7469 b-people: Blind List: bill, betty;
7471 UNIX-committee: <unix.aliases
7477 The first line says that more aliases should immediately be read
7478 from the file /_
\bu_
\bs_
\br/_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl/_
\bl_
\bi_
\bb/_
\bm_
\bh/_
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bA_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs. Following this,
7479 "fred" is defined as an alias for "frated@UCI", and "sgroup" is
7480 defined as an alias for the three names "frated@UCI", "fear", and
7483 The alias "b-people" is a blind list which includes the addresses
7484 "bill" and "betty"; the message will be delieved to those
7485 addresses, but the message header will show only "Blind List: ;"
7486 (not the addresses).
7488 Next, the definition of "UNIX-committee" is given by reading the
7489 file _
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bx._
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs in the users _
\bM_
\bH directory, "staff" is defined as
7490 all users who are listed as members of the group "staff" in the
7491 /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp file, and "wheels" is defined as all users whose
7492 group-id in /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bd is equivalent to the "wheel" group.
7494 Finally, "everyone" is defined as all users with a user-id in
7495 /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bd greater than 200, and all aliases of the form
7496 "news.<anything>" are defined to be "news".
7498 The key thing to understand about aliasing in _
\bM_
\bH is that aliases in
7499 _
\bM_
\bH alias files are expanded into the headers of messages posted.
7500 This aliasing occurs first, at posting time, without the knowledge
7501 of the message transport system. In contrast, once the message
7502 transport system is given a message to deliver to a list of
7503 addresses, for each address that appears to be local, a system-wide
7504 alias file is consulted. These aliases are NOT expanded into the
7505 headers of messages delivered.
7507 _
\bH_
\be_
\bl_
\bp_
\bf_
\bu_
\bl _
\bH_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
7509 To use aliasing in _
\bM_
\bH quickly, do the following:
7511 First, in your ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be, choose a name for your alias file,
7512 say "aliases", and add the line:
7516 Second, create the file "aliases" in your _
\bM_
\bH directory.
7519 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7529 MH-ALIAS(5) -114- MH-ALIAS(5)
7532 Third, start adding aliases to your "aliases" file as
7535 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
7536 /usr/local/lib/mh/MailAliases Primary alias file
7539 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
7540 Aliasfile: For a default alias file
7543 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
7544 ali(1), send(1), whom(1), group(5), passwd(5), conflict(8), post(8)
7547 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
7551 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
7555 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
7556 In previous releases of _
\bM_
\bH, only a single, system-wide mh-alias
7557 file was supported. This led to a number of problems, since only
7558 mail-system administrators were capable of (un)defining aliases.
7559 Hence, the semantics of mh-alias were extended to support personal
7560 alias files. Users of _
\bM_
\bH no longer need to bother mail-system ad-
7561 ministrators for keeping information in the system-wide alias file,
7562 as each _
\bM_
\bH user can create/modify/remove aliases at will from any
7563 number of personal files.
7567 Although the forward-referencing semantics of _
\bm_
\bh-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs files
7568 prevent recursion, the "< alias-file" command may defeat this.
7569 Since the number of file descriptors is finite (and very limited),
7570 such infinite recursion will terminate with a meaningless diagnos-
7571 tic when all the fds are used up.
7573 Forward references do not work correctly inside blind lists.
7585 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7595 MH-FORMAT(5) -115- MH-FORMAT(5)
7599 mh-format - format file for MH message system
7601 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
7602 some _
\bM_
\bH commands
7604 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
7606 Several _
\bM_
\bH commands utilize either a _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt string or a _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt file
7607 during their execution. For example, _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn (1) uses a format string
7608 which directs it how to generate the scan listing for each message;
7609 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl (1) uses a format file which directs it how to generate the
7610 reply to a message, and so on.
7612 Format strings are designed to be efficiently parsed by _
\bM_
\bH which
7613 means they are not necessarily simple to write and understand.
7614 This means that novice, casual, or even advanced users of _
\bM_
\bH should
7615 not have to deal with them. Some canned scan listing formats are
7616 in /usr/local/lib/mh/scan.time, /usr/local/lib/mh/scan.size, and
7617 /usr/local/lib/mh/scan.timely. Look in /usr/local/lib/mh for other
7618 _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl format files which may have been written at your
7621 It suffices to have your local _
\bM_
\bH expert actually write new format
7622 commands or modify existing ones. This manual section explains how
7623 to do that. Note: familiarity with the C _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\bf routine is
7626 A format string consists of ordinary text, and special multi-
7627 character _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be sequences which begin with `%'. When specifying a
7628 format string, the usual C backslash characters are honored: `\b',
7629 `\f', `\n', `\r', and `\t'. Continuation lines in format files end
7630 with `\' followed by the newline character. There are three types
7631 of _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be sequences: header _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs, built-in _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs, and
7632 flow _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\bl.
7634 A _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt escape is specified as `%{_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt}', and exists for
7635 each header found in the message being processed. For example
7636 `%{date}' refers to the "Date:" field of the appropriate message.
7637 All component escapes have a string value. Normally, component
7638 values are compressed by converting any control characters (tab and
7639 newline included) to spaces, then eliding any leading or multiple
7640 spaces. However, commands may give different interpretations to
7641 some component escapes; be sure to refer to each command's manual
7642 entry for complete details.
7644 A _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn escape is specified as `%(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn)'. All functions are
7645 built-in, and most have a string or numeric value.
7651 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7661 MH-FORMAT(5) -116- MH-FORMAT(5)
7664 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\bl-_
\bf_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be_
\bs
7666 A _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\bl escape is one of: `%<', `%?', `%|', or `%>'. These are
7667 combined into the conditional execution construct:
7670 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\b1
7672 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\b2
7674 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\b3
7677 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\bN
7680 Extra white space is shown here only for clarity. These constructs
7681 may be nested without ambiguity. They form a general
7682 if-elseif-else-endif block where only one of the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt seg-
7683 ments is interpreted.
7685 The `%<' and `%?' control escapes causes a condition to be
7686 evaluated. This condition may be either a _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt or a _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn.
7687 The four constructs have the following syntax:
7694 These control escapes test whether the function or component value
7695 is non-zero (for integer-valued escapes), or non-empty (for
7696 string-valued escapes).
7698 If this test evaulates true, then the format text up to the next
7699 corresponding control escape (one of `%|', `%?', or `%>') is inter-
7700 preted normally. Next, all format text (if any) up to the
7701 corresponding `%>' control escape is skipped. The `%>' control
7702 escape is not interpreted; normal interpretation resumes after the
7705 If the test evaluates false, however, then the format text up to
7706 the next corresponding control escape (again, one of `%|', `%?', or
7707 `%>') is skipped, instead of being interpreted. If the control
7708 escape encountered was `%?', then the condition associated with
7709 that control escape is evaluated, and interpretation proceeds after
7710 that test as described in the previous paragraph. If the control
7711 escape encountered was `%|', then the format text up to the
7712 corresponding `%>' escape is interpreted normally. As above, the
7713 `%>' escape is not interpreted and normal interpretation resumes
7714 after the `%>' escape.
7717 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7727 MH-FORMAT(5) -117- MH-FORMAT(5)
7730 The `%?' control escape and its following format text is optional,
7731 and may be included zero or more times. The `%|' control escape
7732 and its following format text is also optional, and may be included
7736 _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be_
\bs
7738 Most functions expect an argument of a particular type:
7740 _
\bA_
\br_
\bg_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bE_
\bx_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bS_
\by_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bx
7741 literal A literal number, %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc 1234)
7742 or string %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc text string)
7743 comp Any header component %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc{_
\bi_
\bn-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by-_
\bt_
\bo})
7744 date A date component %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc{_
\bd_
\ba_
\bt_
\be})
7745 addr An address component %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc{_
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm})
7746 expr An optional component, %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\b2))
7747 function or control, %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc %<{_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by-_
\bt_
\bo}%|%{_
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm}%>)
7748 perhaps nested %(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc(_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\b2{_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp}))
7750 The types _
\bd_
\ba_
\bt_
\be and _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br have the same syntax as _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, but require
7751 that the header component be a date string, or address string,
7754 All arguments except those of type _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br are required. For the _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br
7755 argument type, the leading `%' must be omitted for component and
7756 function escape arguments, and must be present (with a leading
7757 space) for control escape arguments.
7759 The evaluation of format strings is based on a simple machine with
7760 an integer register _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm, and a text string register _
\bs_
\bt_
\br. When a
7761 function escape is processed, if it accepts an optional _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br argu-
7762 ment which is not present, it reads the current value of either _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm
7763 or _
\bs_
\bt_
\br as appropriate.
7766 _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be_
\bs
7768 Component escapes write the value of their message header in _
\bs_
\bt_
\br.
7769 Function escapes write their return value in _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm for functions
7770 returning _
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\br or _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn values, and in _
\bs_
\bt_
\br for functions
7771 returning string values. (The _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn type is a subset of integers
7772 with usual values 0=false and 1=true.) Control escapes return a
7773 _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn value, and set _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm.
7775 All component escapes, and those function escapes which return an
7776 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\br or _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg value, pass this value back to their caller in
7777 addition to setting _
\bs_
\bt_
\br or _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm. These escapes will print out this
7778 value unless called as part of an argument to another escape
7779 sequence. Escapes which return a _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn value do pass this value
7780 back to their caller in _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm, but will never print out the value.
7783 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7793 MH-FORMAT(5) -118- MH-FORMAT(5)
7796 _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bA_
\br_
\bg_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
7797 msg integer message number
7798 cur integer message is current
7799 size integer size of message
7800 strlen integer length of _
\bs_
\bt_
\br
7801 width integer output buffer size in bytes
7802 charleft integer bytes left in output buffer
7803 timenow integer seconds since the UNIX epoch
7804 me string the user's mailbox
7805 eq literal boolean _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm == _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
7806 ne literal boolean _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm != _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
7807 gt literal boolean _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm > _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
7808 match literal boolean _
\bs_
\bt_
\br contains _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
7809 amatch literal boolean _
\bs_
\bt_
\br starts with _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
7810 plus literal integer _
\ba_
\br_
\bg plus _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm
7811 minus literal integer _
\ba_
\br_
\bg minus _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm
7812 divide literal integer _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm divided by _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
7813 modulo literal integer _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm modulo _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
7814 num literal integer Set _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm to _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
7815 lit literal string Set _
\bs_
\bt_
\br to _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
7816 getenv literal string Set _
\bs_
\bt_
\br to environment value of _
\ba_
\br_
\bg
7817 profile literal string Set _
\bs_
\bt_
\br to profile component _
\ba_
\br_
\bg value
7818 nonzero expr boolean _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm is non-zero
7819 zero expr boolean _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm is zero
7820 null expr boolean _
\bs_
\bt_
\br is empty
7821 nonnull expr boolean _
\bs_
\bt_
\br is non-empty
7822 void expr Set _
\bs_
\bt_
\br or _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm
7823 comp comp string Set _
\bs_
\bt_
\br to component text
7824 compval comp integer _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm set to "atoi(_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp)"
7825 trim expr trim trailing white-space from _
\bs_
\bt_
\br
7826 putstr expr print _
\bs_
\bt_
\br
7827 putstrf expr print _
\bs_
\bt_
\br in a fixed width
7828 putnum expr print _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm
7829 putnumf expr print _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm in a fixed width
7831 These functions require a date component as an argument:
7833 _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bA_
\br_
\bg_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
7834 sec date integer seconds of the minute
7835 min date integer minutes of the hour
7836 hour date integer hours of the day (0-23)
7837 wday date integer day of the week (Sun=0)
7838 day date string day of the week (abbrev.)
7839 weekday date string day of the week
7840 sday date integer day of the week known?
7841 (0=implicit,-1=unknown)
7842 mday date integer day of the month
7843 yday date integer day of the year
7844 mon date integer month of the year
7845 month date string month of the year (abbrev.)
7846 lmonth date string month of the year
7847 year date integer year (may be > 100)
7849 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7859 MH-FORMAT(5) -119- MH-FORMAT(5)
7862 zone date integer timezone in hours
7863 tzone date string timezone string
7864 szone date integer timezone explicit?
7865 (0=implicit,-1=unknown)
7866 date2local date coerce date to local timezone
7867 date2gmt date coerce date to GMT
7868 dst date integer daylight savings in effect?
7869 clock date integer seconds since the UNIX epoch
7870 rclock date integer seconds prior to current time
7871 tws date string official 822 rendering
7872 pretty date string user-friendly rendering
7873 nodate date integer _
\bs_
\bt_
\br not a date string
7875 These functions require an address component as an argument. The
7876 return value of functions noted with `*' pertain only to the first
7877 address present in the header component.
7879 _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bA_
\br_
\bg_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
7880 proper addr string official 822 rendering
7881 friendly addr string user-friendly rendering
7882 addr addr string mbox@host or host!mbox rendering*
7883 pers addr string the personal name*
7884 note addr string commentary text*
7885 mbox addr string the local mailbox*
7886 mymbox addr integer the user's addresses? (0=no,1=yes)
7887 host addr string the host domain*
7888 nohost addr integer no host was present*
7889 type addr integer host type* (0=local,1=network,
7891 path addr string any leading host route*
7892 ingrp addr integer address was inside a group*
7893 gname addr string name of group*
7894 formataddr expr append _
\ba_
\br_
\bg to _
\bs_
\bt_
\br as a
7895 (comma separated) address list
7896 putaddr literal print _
\bs_
\bt_
\br address list with
7897 _
\ba_
\br_
\bg as optional label;
7898 get line width from _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm
7900 When escapes are nested, evaluation is done from inner-most to
7901 outer-most. The outer-most escape must begin with `%'; the inner
7902 escapes must not. For example,
7904 %<(mymbox{from}) To: %{to}%>
7906 writes the value of the header component "From:" to _
\bs_
\bt_
\br; then (_
\bm_
\by_
\bm_
\b-
7907 _
\bb_
\bo_
\bx) reads _
\bs_
\bt_
\br and writes its result to _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm; then the control
7908 escape evaluates _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm. If _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm is non-zero, the string "To: " is
7909 printed followed by the value of the header component "To:".
7911 A minor explanation of (_
\bm_
\by_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx{_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp}) is in order. In general, it
7912 checks each of the addresses in the header component "_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp" against
7913 the user's mailbox name and any _
\bA_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\be-_
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs. It returns
7915 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7925 MH-FORMAT(5) -120- MH-FORMAT(5)
7928 true if any address matches, however, it also returns true if the
7929 "_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp" header is not present in the message. If needed, the (_
\bn_
\bu_
\bl_
\bl)
7930 function can be used to explicitly test for this condition.
7932 When a function or component escape is interpreted and the result
7933 will be immediately printed, an optional field width can be speci-
7934 fied to print the field in exactly a given number of characters.
7935 For example, a numeric escape like %4(_
\bs_
\bi_
\bz_
\be) will print at most 4
7936 digits of the message size; overflow will be indicated by a `?' in
7937 the first position (like `?234'). A string escape like %4(_
\bm_
\be) will
7938 print the first 4 characters and truncate at the end. Short fields
7939 are padded at the right with the fill character (normally, a
7940 blank). If the field width argument begins with a leading zero,
7941 then the fill character is set to a zero.
7943 As above, the functions (_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bf) and (_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bf) print their result
7944 in exactly the number of characters specified by their leading
7945 field width argument. For example, %06(_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bf(_
\bs_
\bi_
\bz_
\be)) will print
7946 the message size in a field six characters wide filled with leading
7947 zeros; %14(_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bf{_
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm}) will print the "From:" header component
7948 in fourteen characters with trailing spaces added as needed. For
7949 _
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bf, using a negative value for the field width causes right-
7950 justification of the string within the field, with padding on the
7951 left up to the field width. The functions (_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bn_
\bu_
\bm) and (_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\bs_
\bt_
\br)
7952 print their result in the minimum number of characters required,
7953 and ignore any leading field width argument.
7955 The available output width is kept in an internal register; any
7956 output past this width will be truncated.
7958 Comments may be inserted in most places where a function argument
7959 is not expected. A comment begins with `%;' and ends with a (non-
7962 With all this in mind, here's the default format string for _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn.
7963 It's been divided into several pieces for readability. The first
7966 %4(msg)%<(cur)+%| %>%<{replied}-%?{encrypted}E%| %>
7968 which says that the message number should be printed in four
7969 digits, if the message is the current message then a `+' else a
7970 space should be printed, and if a "Replied:" field is present then
7971 a `-' else if an "Encrypted:" field is present then an `E' other-
7972 wise a space should be printed. Next:
7974 %02(mon{date})/%02(mday{date})
7976 the month and date are printed in two digits (zero filled)
7977 separated by a slash. Next,
7981 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
7991 MH-FORMAT(5) -121- MH-FORMAT(5)
7994 If a "Date:" field was present, then a space is printed, otherwise
7997 %<(mymbox{from})%<{to}To:%14(friendly{to})%>%>
7999 if the message is from me, and there is a "To:" header, print `To:'
8000 followed by a "user-friendly" rendering of the first address in the
8001 "To:" field. Continuing,
8003 %<(zero)%17(friendly{from})%>
8005 if either of the above two tests failed, then the "From:" address
8006 is printed in a "user-friendly" format. And finally,
8008 %{subject}%<{body}<<%{body}%>
8010 the subject and initial body (if any) are printed.
8012 For a more complicated example, next consider the default _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bs
8015 %(lit)%(formataddr %<{reply-to}
8017 This clears _
\bs_
\bt_
\br and formats the "Reply-To:" header if present. If
8018 not present, the else-if clause is executed.
8020 %?{from}%?{sender}%?{return-path}%>)\
8022 This formats the "From:", "Sender:" and "Return-Path:" headers,
8023 stopping as soon as one of them is present. Next:
8025 %<(nonnull)%(void(width))%(putaddr To: )\n%>\
8027 If the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br result is non-null, it is printed as an address
8028 (with line folding if needed) in a field _
\bw_
\bi_
\bd_
\bt_
\bh wide with a leading
8031 %(lit)%(formataddr{to})%(formataddr{cc})%(formataddr(me))\
8033 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br is cleared, and the "To:" and "Cc:" headers, along with the
8034 user's address (depending on what was specified with the "-cc"
8035 switch to _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl) are formatted.
8037 %<(nonnull)%(void(width))%(putaddr cc: )\n%>\
8039 If the result is non-null, it is printed as above with a leading
8042 %<{fcc}Fcc: %{fcc}\n%>\
8044 If a "-fcc folder" switch was given to _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl (see _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl (1) for more
8045 details about %{_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc}), an "Fcc:" header is output.
8047 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8057 MH-FORMAT(5) -122- MH-FORMAT(5)
8060 %<{subject}Subject: Re: %{subject}\n%>\
8062 If a subject component was present, a suitable reply subject is
8065 %<{date}In-reply-to: Your message of "\
8066 %<(nodate{date})%{date}%|%(pretty{date})%>."%<{message-id}
8067 %{message-id}%>\n%>\
8070 If a date component was present, an "In-Reply-To:" header is output
8071 with the preface "Your message of ". If the date was parseable, it
8072 is output in a user-friendly format, otherwise it is output as-is.
8073 The message-id is included if present. As with all plain-text, the
8074 row of dashes are output as-is.
8076 This last part is a good example for a little more elaboration.
8077 Here's that part again in pseudo-code:
8079 if (comp_exists(date)) then
8080 print ("In-reply-to: Your message of \"")
8081 if (not_date_string(date.value) then
8084 print (pretty(date.value))
8087 if (comp_exists(message-id)) then
8089 print (message-id.value)
8094 Although this seems complicated, in point of fact, this method is
8095 flexible enough to extract individual fields and print them in any
8096 format the user desires.
8098 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
8102 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
8106 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
8107 scan(1), repl(1), ap(8), dp(8)
8110 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
8113 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8123 MH-FORMAT(5) -123- MH-FORMAT(5)
8126 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
8130 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
8131 This software was contributed for MH 6.3. Prior to this, output
8132 format specifications were much easier to write, but considerably
8137 On hosts where _
\bM_
\bH was configured with the BERK option, address
8138 parsing is not enabled.
8179 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8189 MH-MAIL(5) -124- MH-MAIL(5)
8193 mh-mail - message format for MH message system
8195 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
8196 any _
\bM_
\bH command
8198 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
8200 _
\bM_
\bH processes messages in a particular format. It should be noted
8201 that although neither Bell nor Berkeley mailers produce message
8202 files in the format that _
\bM_
\bH prefers, _
\bM_
\bH can read message files in
8203 that antiquated format.
8205 Each user possesses a mail drop box which initially receives all
8206 messages processed by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8). _
\bI_
\bn_
\bc (1) will read from that drop
8207 box and incorporate the new messages found there into the user's
8208 own mail folders (typically `+inbox'). The mail drop box consists
8209 of one or more messages.
8211 Messages are expected to consist of lines of text. Graphics and
8212 binary data are not handled. No data compression is accepted. All
8213 text is clear ASCII 7-bit data.
8215 The general "memo" framework of RFC-822 is used. A message con-
8216 sists of a block of information in a rigid format, followed by gen-
8217 eral text with no specified format. The rigidly formatted first
8218 part of a message is called the header, and the free-format portion
8219 is called the body. The header must always exist, but the body is
8220 optional. These parts are separated by an empty line, i.e., two
8221 consecutive newline characters. Within _
\bM_
\bH, the header and body may
8222 be separated by a line consisting of dashes:
8229 The header is composed of one or more header items. Each header
8230 item can be viewed as a single logical line of ASCII characters.
8231 If the text of a header item extends across several real lines, the
8232 continuation lines are indicated by leading spaces or tabs.
8234 Each header item is called a component and is composed of a keyword
8235 or name, along with associated text. The keyword begins at the
8236 left margin, may NOT contain spaces or tabs, may not exceed 63
8237 characters (as specified by RFC-822), and is terminated by a colon
8238 (`:'). Certain components (as identified by their keywords) must
8239 follow rigidly defined formats in their text portions.
8241 The text for most formatted components (e.g., "Date:" and
8242 "Message-Id:") is produced automatically. The only ones entered by
8243 the user are address fields such as "To:", "cc:", etc. Internet
8245 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8255 MH-MAIL(5) -125- MH-MAIL(5)
8258 addresses are assigned mailbox names and host computer specifica-
8259 tions. The rough format is "local@domain", such as "MH@UCI", or
8260 "MH@UCI-ICSA.ARPA". Multiple addresses are separated by commas. A
8261 missing host/domain is assumed to be the local host/domain.
8263 As mentioned above, a blank line (or a line of dashes) signals that
8264 all following text up to the end of the file is the body. No for-
8265 matting is expected or enforced within the body.
8267 Following is a list of header components that are considered mean-
8268 ingful to various MH programs.
8270 Added by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8), contains date and time of the message's
8271 entry into the transport system.
8274 Added by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8), contains the address of the author or
8275 authors (may be more than one if a "Sender:" field is
8276 present). Replies are typically directed to addresses in the
8277 "Reply-To:" or "From:" field (the former has precedence if
8281 Added by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8) in the event that the message already has a
8282 "From:" line. This line contains the address of the actual
8283 sender. Replies are never sent to addresses in the "Sender:"
8287 Contains addresses of primary recipients.
8290 Contains addresses of secondary recipients.
8293 Still more recipients. However, the "Bcc:" line is not copied
8294 onto the message as delivered, so these recipients are not
8295 listed. _
\bM_
\bH uses an encapsulation method for blind copies, see
8296 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1).
8299 Causes _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8) to copy the message into the specified folder
8300 for the sender, if the message was successfully given to the
8304 A unique message identifier added by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8) if the `-msgid'
8308 Sender's commentary. It is displayed by _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn (1).
8311 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8321 MH-MAIL(5) -126- MH-MAIL(5)
8325 A commentary line added by _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl (1) when replying to a mes-
8329 Added when redistributing a message by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8).
8332 Added when redistributing a message by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8).
8335 New recipients for a message resent by _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt (1).
8338 Still more recipients. See "cc:" and "Resent-To:".
8341 Even more recipients. See "Bcc:" and "Resent-To:".
8344 Copy resent message into a folder. See "Fcc:" and
8348 A unique identifier glued on by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (8) if the `-msgid' flag
8349 is set. See "Message-Id:" and "Resent-To:".
8352 Annotation for _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt (1) under the `-annotate' option.
8355 Annotation for _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw (1) under the `-annotate' option.
8358 Annotation for _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl (1) under the `-annotate' option.
8361 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
8362 /usr/spool/mail/$USER Location of mail drop
8365 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
8369 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
8370 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bo_
\bf _
\bA_
\bR_
\bP_
\bA _
\bI_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\be_
\bt _
\bT_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs (aka
8374 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
8377 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8387 MH-MAIL(5) -127- MH-MAIL(5)
8390 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
8443 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8453 MH-PROFILE(5) -128- MH-PROFILE(5)
8457 mh-profile - user profile customization for MH message handler
8459 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
8460 ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
8462 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
8464 Each user of _
\bM_
\bH is expected to have a file named ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be in his
8465 or her home directory. This file contains a set of user parameters
8466 used by some or all of the _
\bM_
\bH family of programs. Each line of the
8467 file is of the format
8469 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be-_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt: _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
8471 The possible profile components are exemplified below. Only
8472 `Path:' is mandatory. The others are optional; some have default
8473 values if they are not present. In the notation used below, (pro-
8474 file, default) indicates whether the information is kept in the
8475 user's _
\bM_
\bH profile or _
\bM_
\bH context, and indicates what the default
8479 Locates _
\bM_
\bH transactions in directory "Mail". (profile,
8483 Declares the location of the _
\bM_
\bH context file, see the
8484 HISTORY section below. (profile, default:
8487 Current-Folder: inbox
8488 Keeps track of the current open folder. (context,
8489 default: folder specified by "Inbox")
8492 Defines the name of your inbox. (profile, default:
8495 Previous-Sequence: pseq
8496 Names the sequences which should be defined as the `msgs'
8497 or `msg' argument given to the program. If not present,
8498 or empty, no sequences are defined. Otherwise, for each
8499 name given, the sequence is first zero'd and then each
8500 message is added to the sequence. (profile, no default)
8502 Sequence-Negation: not
8503 Defines the string which, when prefixed to a sequence
8504 name, negates that sequence. Hence, "notseen" means all
8505 those messages that are not a member of the sequence
8506 "seen". (profile, no default)
8509 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8519 MH-PROFILE(5) -129- MH-PROFILE(5)
8522 Unseen-Sequence: unseen
8523 Names the sequences which should be defined as those mes-
8524 sages recently incorporated by _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc. _
\bS_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw knows to remove
8525 messages from this sequence once it thinks they have been
8526 seen. If not present, or empty, no sequences are
8527 defined. Otherwise, each message is added to each
8528 sequence name given. (profile, no default)
8530 mh-sequences: .mh_sequences
8531 The name of the file in each folder which defines public
8532 sequences. To disable the use of public sequences, leave
8533 the value portion of this entry blank. (profile,
8534 default: .mh_sequences)
8536 atr-_
\bs_
\be_
\bq-_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br: 172 178-181 212
8537 Keeps track of the private sequence called _
\bs_
\be_
\bq in the
8538 specified folder. (context, no default)
8541 Defines editor to be used by _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp (1), _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt (1),
8542 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw (1), and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl (1). (profile, default: prompter)
8545 Defines octal protection bits for message files. See
8546 _
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\bo_
\bd (1) for an explanation of the octal number. (pro-
8547 file, default: 0644)
8550 Defines protection bits for folder directories. (pro-
8551 file, default: 0711)
8553 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bm: default switches
8554 Sets default switches to be used whenever the mh program
8555 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bm is invoked. For example, one could override the
8556 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br: profile component when replying to messages by
8557 adding a component such as:
8558 repl: -editor /bin/ed
8559 (profile, no defaults)
8561 _
\bl_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br-next: nexteditor
8562 Names "nexteditor" to be the default editor after using
8563 "lasteditor". This takes effect at "What now?" level in
8564 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl. After editing the draft with
8565 "lasteditor", the default editor is set to be "nextedi-
8566 tor". If the user types "edit" without any arguments to
8567 "What now?", then "nexteditor" is used. (profile, no
8571 Tells _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc which BBoards you are interested in. (profile,
8575 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8585 MH-PROFILE(5) -130- MH-PROFILE(5)
8588 Folder-Stack: _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
8589 The contents of the folder-stack for the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br command.
8590 (context, no default)
8593 If present, tells _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc to compose an _
\bM_
\bH_
\bE auditfile in
8594 addition to its other tasks. _
\bM_
\bH_
\bE is Brian Reid's _
\bE_
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\bs
8595 front-end for _
\bM_
\bH. An early version is supplied with the
8596 _
\bm_
\bh._
\b6 distribution. (profile, no default)
8598 Alternate-Mailboxes: mh@uci-750a, bug-mh*
8599 Tells _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl and _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn which addresses are really yours. In
8600 this way, _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl knows which addresses should be included
8601 in the reply, and _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn knows if the message really ori-
8602 ginated from you. Addresses must be separated by a
8603 comma, and the hostnames listed should be the "official"
8604 hostnames for the mailboxes you indicate, as local nick-
8605 names for hosts are not replaced with their official site
8606 names. For each address, if a host is not given, then
8607 that address on any host is considered to be you. In
8608 addition, an asterisk (`*') may appear at either or both
8609 ends of the mailbox and host to indicate wild-card match-
8610 ing. (profile, default: your user-id)
8612 Aliasfile: aliases other-alias
8613 Indicates aliases files for _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi, _
\bw_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm, and _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd. This
8614 may be used instead of the `-alias file' switch. (pro-
8617 Draft-Folder: drafts
8618 Indicates a default draft folder for _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw,
8619 and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl. (profile, no default)
8621 digest-issue-_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt: 1
8622 Tells _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw the last issue of the last volume sent for the
8623 digest _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt. (context, no default)
8625 digest-volume-_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt: 1
8626 Tells _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw the last volume sent for the digest _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt.
8627 (context, no default)
8630 Tells _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc your maildrop, if different from the default.
8631 This is superceded by the MAILDROP envariable. (profile,
8632 default: /usr/spool/mail/$USER)
8634 Signature: RAND MH System (agent: Marshall Rose)
8635 Tells _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd your mail signature. This is superceded by
8636 the SIGNATURE envariable. If SIGNATURE is not set and
8637 this profile entry is not present, the "gcos" field of
8638 the /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bd file will be used; otherwise, on hosts
8639 where _
\bM_
\bH was configured with the UCI option, the file
8641 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8651 MH-PROFILE(5) -131- MH-PROFILE(5)
8654 $HOME/.signature is consulted. Your signature will be
8655 added to the address _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd puts in the "From:" header; do
8656 not include an address in the signature text. (profile,
8659 The following profile elements are used whenever an _
\bM_
\bH program
8660 invokes some other program such as _
\bm_
\bo_
\br_
\be (1). The ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be can
8661 be used to select alternate programs if the user wishes. The
8662 default values are given in the examples.
8664 fileproc: /usr/local/refile
8665 incproc: /usr/local/inc
8666 installproc: /usr/local/lib/mh/install-mh
8667 lproc: /usr/ucb/more
8668 mailproc: /usr/local/mhmail
8669 mhlproc: /usr/local/lib/mh/mhl
8670 moreproc: /usr/ucb/more
8671 mshproc: /usr/local/msh
8672 packproc: /usr/local/packf
8673 postproc: /usr/local/lib/mh/post
8675 rmfproc: /usr/local/rmf
8676 sendproc: /usr/local/send
8677 showproc: /usr/ucb/more
8678 whatnowproc: /usr/local/whatnow
8679 whomproc: /usr/local/whom
8681 If you define the envariable MH, you can specify a profile other
8682 than ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be to be read by the _
\bM_
\bH programs that you invoke. If
8683 the value of MH is not absolute, (i.e., does not begin with a / ),
8684 it will be presumed to start from the current working directory.
8685 This is one of the very few exceptions in _
\bM_
\bH where non-absolute
8686 pathnames are not considered relative to the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory.
8688 Similarly, if you define the envariable MHCONTEXT, you can specify
8689 a context other than the normal context file (as specified in the
8690 _
\bM_
\bH profile). As always, unless the value of MHCONTEXT is absolute,
8691 it will be presumed to start from your _
\bM_
\bH directory.
8693 _
\bM_
\bH programs also support other envariables:
8695 MAILDROP : tells _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc the default maildrop
8696 This supercedes the "MailDrop:" profile entry.
8698 SIGNATURE : tells _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd and _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt your mail signature
8699 This supercedes the "Signature:" profile entry.
8701 HOME : tells all _
\bM_
\bH programs your home directory
8703 SHELL : tells _
\bb_
\bb_
\bl the default shell to run
8705 TERM : tells _
\bM_
\bH your terminal type
8707 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8717 MH-PROFILE(5) -132- MH-PROFILE(5)
8720 The TERMCAP envariable is also consulted. In particular,
8721 these tell _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn and _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl how to clear your terminal, and how
8722 many columns wide your terminal is. They also tell _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl how
8723 many lines long your terminal screen is.
8725 editalt : the alternate message
8726 This is set by _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl during edit sessions so you can
8727 peruse the message being distributed or replied to. The mes-
8728 sage is also available through a link called "@" in the
8729 current directory if your current working directory and the
8730 folder the message lives in are on the same UNIX filesystem.
8732 mhdraft : the path to the working draft
8733 This is set by _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl to tell the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\b-
8734 _
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc which file to ask "What now?" questions about. In
8735 addition, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl set mhfolder if appropriate.
8736 Further, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl set mhaltmsg to tell the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc
8737 about an alternate message associated with the draft (the mes-
8738 sage being distributed or replied to), and _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt sets mhdist to
8739 tell the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc that message re-distribution is occur-
8740 ring. Also, mheditor is set to tell the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc the
8741 user's choice of editor (unless overridden by `-noedit').
8742 Similarly, mhuse may be set by _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp. Finally, mhmessages is
8743 set by _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl if annotations are to occur (along
8744 with mhannotate, and mhinplace). It's amazing all the infor-
8745 mation that has to get passed via envariables to make the
8746 "What now?" interface look squeaky clean to the _
\bM_
\bH user, isn't
8747 it? The reason for all this is that the _
\bM_
\bH user can select
8748 _
\ba_
\bn_
\by program as the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc, including one of the standard
8749 shells. As a result, it's not possible to pass information
8750 via an argument list.
8751 If the WHATNOW option was set during _
\bM_
\bH configuration (type
8752 `-help' to an _
\bM_
\bH command to find out), and if this envariable
8753 is set, if the commands _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be, _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd, _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, or _
\bw_
\bh_
\bo_
\bm are not
8754 given any `msgs' arguments, then they will default to using
8755 the file indicated by mhdraft. This is useful for getting the
8756 default behavior supplied by the default _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc.
8758 mhfolder : the folder containing the alternate message
8759 This is set by _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl during edit sessions so you can
8760 peruse other messages in the current folder besides the one
8761 being distributed or replied to. The mhfolder envariable is
8762 also set by _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv, and _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt for use by _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl.
8765 If you define the envariable MHBBRC, you can specify a BBoards
8766 information file other than ._
\bb_
\bb_
\br_
\bc to be read by _
\bb_
\bb_
\bc. If the
8767 value of MHBBRC is not absolute, (i.e., does not begin with a
8768 / ), it will be presumed to start from the current working
8773 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8783 MH-PROFILE(5) -133- MH-PROFILE(5)
8786 If the OVERHEAD option was set during _
\bM_
\bH configuration (type
8787 `-help' to an _
\bM_
\bH command to find out), then if this envariable
8788 is set, _
\bM_
\bH considers it to be the number of a file descriptor
8789 which is opened, read-only to the _
\bM_
\bH profile. Similarly, if
8790 the envariable MHCONTEXTFD is set, this is the number of a
8791 file descriptor which is opened read-only to the _
\bM_
\bH context.
8792 This feature of _
\bM_
\bH is experimental, and is used to examine
8793 possible speed improvements for _
\bM_
\bH startup. Note that these
8794 envariables must be set and non-empty to enable this feature.
8795 However, if OVERHEAD is enabled during _
\bM_
\bH configuration, then
8796 when _
\bM_
\bH programs call other _
\bM_
\bH programs, this scheme is used.
8797 These file descriptors are not closed throughout the execution
8798 of the _
\bM_
\bH program, so children may take advantage of this.
8799 This approach is thought to be completely safe and does result
8800 in some performance enhancements.
8803 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
8804 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
8805 or $MH Rather than the standard profile
8806 <mh-dir>/context The user context
8807 or $CONTEXT Rather than the standard context
8808 <folder>/.mh_sequences Public sequences for <folder>
8811 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
8815 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
8816 mh(1), environ(5), mh-sequence(5)
8819 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
8823 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
8839 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8849 MH-PROFILE(5) -134- MH-PROFILE(5)
8852 _
\bH_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
8853 In previous versions of _
\bM_
\bH, the current-message value of a writable
8854 folder was kept in a file called "cur" in the folder itself. In
8855 _
\bm_
\bh._
\b3, the ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be contained the current-message values for all
8856 folders, regardless of their writability.
8858 In all versions of _
\bM_
\bH since _
\bm_
\bh._
\b4, the ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be contains only
8859 static information, which _
\bM_
\bH programs will NOT update. Changes in
8860 context are made to the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt file kept in the users MH _
\bd_
\bi_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\bo-
8861 _
\br_
\by. This includes, but is not limited to: the "Current-Folder" en-
8862 try and all private sequence information. Public sequence informa-
8863 tion is kept in a file called ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs in each folder.
8865 To convert from the format used in releases of _
\bM_
\bH prior to the for-
8866 mat used in the _
\bm_
\bh._
\b4 release, _
\bi_
\bn_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl-_
\bm_
\bh should be invoked with the
8867 `-compat' switch. This generally happens automatically on _
\bM_
\bH sys-
8868 tems generated with the "COMPAT" option during _
\bM_
\bH configuration.
8870 The ._
\bm_
\bh__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be may override the path of the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt file, by
8871 specifying a "context" entry (this must be in lower-case). If the
8872 entry is not absolute (does not start with a / ), then it is inter-
8873 preted relative to the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory. As a result, you can
8874 actually have more than one set of private sequences by using dif-
8875 ferent context files.
8905 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8915 MH-PROFILE(5) -135- MH-PROFILE(5)
8919 The shell quoting conventions are not available in the .mh_profile.
8920 Each token is separated by whitespace.
8922 There is some question as to what kind of arguments should be
8923 placed in the profile as options. In order to provide a clear
8924 answer, recall command line semantics of all _
\bM_
\bH programs: conflict-
8925 ing switches (e.g., `-header and `-noheader') may occur more than
8926 one time on the command line, with the last switch taking effect.
8927 Other arguments, such as message sequences, filenames and folders,
8928 are always remembered on the invocation line and are not superseded
8929 by following arguments of the same type. Hence, it is safe to
8930 place only switches (and their arguments) in the profile.
8932 If one finds that an _
\bM_
\bH program is being invoked again and again
8933 with the same arguments, and those arguments aren't switches, then
8934 there are a few possible solutions to this problem. The first is
8935 to create a (soft) link in your $_
\bH_
\bO_
\bM_
\bE/_
\bb_
\bi_
\bn directory to the _
\bM_
\bH pro-
8936 gram of your choice. By giving this link a different name, you can
8937 create a new entry in your profile and use an alternate set of de-
8938 faults for the _
\bM_
\bH command. Similarly, you could create a small
8939 shell script which called the _
\bM_
\bH program of your choice with an al-
8940 ternate set of invocation line switches (using links and an alter-
8941 nate profile entry is preferable to this solution).
8943 Finally, the _
\bc_
\bs_
\bh user could create an alias for the command of the
8946 alias cmd 'cmd arg1 arg2 ...'
8948 In this way, the user can avoid lengthy type-in to the shell, and
8949 still give _
\bM_
\bH commands safely. (Recall that some _
\bM_
\bH commands in-
8950 voke others, and that in all cases, the profile is read, meaning
8951 that aliases are disregarded beyond an initial command invocation)
8971 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
8981 MH-SEQUENCE(5) -136- MH-SEQUENCE(5)
8985 mh-sequence - sequence specification for MH message system
8987 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
8988 most _
\bM_
\bH commands
8990 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
8992 Most _
\bM_
\bH commands accept a `msg' or `msgs' specification, where
8993 `msg' indicates one message and `msgs' indicates one or more mes-
8994 sages. To designate a message, you may use either its number
8995 (e.g., 1, 10, 234) or one of these "reserved" message names:
8997 _
\bN_
\ba_
\bm_
\be _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
8998 first the first message in the folder
8999 last the last message in the folder
9000 cur the most recently accessed message
9001 prev the message numerically preceding "cur"
9002 next the message numerically following "cur"
9004 In commands that take a `msg' argument, the default is "cur". As a
9005 shorthand, "." is equivalent to "cur".
9007 For example: In a folder containing five messages numbered 5, 10,
9008 94, 177 and 325, "first" is 5 and "last" is 325. If "cur" is 94,
9009 then "prev" is 10 and "next" is 177.
9011 The word `msgs' indicates that one or more messages may be speci-
9012 fied. Such a specification consists of one message designation or
9013 of several message designations separated by spaces. A message
9014 designation consists either of a message name as defined above, or
9017 A message range is specified as "name1-name2" or "name:n", where
9018 `name', `name1' and `name2' are message names, and `n' is an
9021 The specification "name1-name2" designates all currently-existing
9022 messages from `name1' to `name2' inclusive. The message name "all"
9023 is a shorthand for the message range "first-last".
9025 The specification "name:n" designates up to `n' messages. These
9026 messages start with `name' if `name' is a message number or one of
9027 the reserved names "first" "cur", or "next", The messages end with
9028 `name' if `name' is "prev" or "last". The interpretation of `n'
9029 may be overridden by preceding `n' with a plus or minus sign; `+n'
9030 always means up to `n' messages starting with `name', and `-n'
9031 always means up to `n' messages ending with `name'.
9033 In commands which accept a `msgs' argument, the default is either
9034 "cur" or "all", depending on which makes more sense for each com-
9035 mand (see the individual man pages for details). Repeated
9037 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9047 MH-SEQUENCE(5) -137- MH-SEQUENCE(5)
9050 specifications of the same message have the same effect as a single
9051 specification of the message.
9054 _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br-_
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs
9056 In addition to the "reserved" (pre-defined) message names given
9057 above, _
\bM_
\bH supports user-defined sequence names. User-defined
9058 sequences allow the _
\bM_
\bH user a tremendous amount of power in dealing
9059 with groups of messages in the same folder by allowing the user to
9060 bind a group of messages to a meaningful symbolic name.
9062 The name used to denote a message sequence must consist of an
9063 alphabetic character followed by zero or more alphanumeric charac-
9064 ters, and can not be one of the "reserved" message names above.
9065 After defining a sequence, it can be used wherever an _
\bM_
\bH command
9066 expects a `msg' or `msgs' argument.
9068 Some forms of message ranges are allowed with user-defined
9069 sequences. The specification "name:n" may be used, and it desig-
9070 nates up to the first `n' messages (or last `n' messages for `-n')
9071 which are elements of the user-defined sequence `name'.
9073 The specifications "name:next" and "name:prev" may also be used,
9074 and they designate the next or previous message (relative to the
9075 current message) which is an element of the user-defined sequence
9076 `name'. The specificaitions "name:first" and "name:last" are
9077 equivalent to "name:1" and "name:-1", respectively. The specifica-
9078 tion "name:cur" is not allowed (use just "cur" instead). The syn-
9079 tax of these message range specifcations is subject to change in
9082 User-defined sequence names are specific to each folder. They are
9083 defined using the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk and _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk commands.
9086 _
\bP_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bP_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br-_
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs
9088 There are two varieties of sequences: _
\bp_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc sequences and _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be
9089 sequences. _
\bP_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc sequences of a folder are accessible to any _
\bM_
\bH
9090 user that can read that folder and are kept in the .mh_sequences
9091 file in the folder. _
\bP_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be sequences are accessible only to the
9092 _
\bM_
\bH user that defined those sequences and are kept in the user's _
\bM_
\bH
9093 context file. By default, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk and _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk create _
\bp_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc sequences if
9094 the folder for which the sequences are being defined is writable by
9095 the _
\bM_
\bH user. Otherwise, _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be sequences are created. This can
9096 be overridden with the `-public' and `-private' switches to _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk.
9099 _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be _
\bN_
\be_
\bg_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
9101 _
\bM_
\bH provides the ability to select all messages not elements of a
9103 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9113 MH-SEQUENCE(5) -138- MH-SEQUENCE(5)
9116 user-defined sequence. To do this, the user should define the
9117 entry "Sequence-Negation" in the _
\bM_
\bH profile file; its value may be
9118 any string. This string is then used to preface an existing user-
9119 defined sequence name. This specification then refers to those
9120 messages not elements of the specified sequence name. For example,
9121 if the profile entry is:
9123 Sequence-Negation: not
9125 then anytime an _
\bM_
\bH command is given "notfoo" as a `msg' or `msgs'
9126 argument, it would substitute all messages that are not elements of
9129 Obviously, the user should beware of defining sequences with names
9130 that begin with the value of the "Sequence-Negation" profile entry.
9133 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bP_
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\bi_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
9135 _
\bM_
\bH provides the ability to remember the `msgs' or `msg' argument
9136 last given to an _
\bM_
\bH command. The entry "Previous-Sequence" should
9137 be defined in the _
\bM_
\bH profile; its value should be a sequence name
9138 or multiple sequence names separated by spaces. If this entry is
9139 defined, when when an _
\bM_
\bH command finishes, it will define the
9140 sequence(s) named in the value of this entry to be those messages
9141 that were specified to the command. Hence, a profile entry of
9143 Previous-Sequence: pseq
9145 directs any _
\bM_
\bH command that accepts a `msg' or `msgs' argument to
9146 define the sequence "pseq" as those messages when it finishes.
9148 Note: there can be a performance penalty in using the
9149 "Previous-Sequence" facility. If it is used, all _
\bM_
\bH programs have
9150 to write the sequence information to the .mh_sequences file for the
9151 folder each time they run. If the "Previous-Sequence" profile
9152 entry is not included, only _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk and _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk will write to the
9156 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bU_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\be_
\bn _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
9158 Finally, some users like to indicate messages which have not been
9159 previously seen by them. Both _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc and _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw honor the profile entry
9160 "Unseen-Sequence" to support this activity. This entry in the
9161 .mh_profile should be defined as one or more sequence names
9162 separated by spaces. If there is a value for "Unseen-Sequence" in
9163 the profile, then whenever _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc places new messages in a folder, the
9164 new messages will also be added to the sequence(s) named in the
9165 value of this entry. Hence, a profile entry of
9167 Unseen-Sequence: unseen
9169 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9179 MH-SEQUENCE(5) -139- MH-SEQUENCE(5)
9182 directs _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc to add new messages to the sequence "unseen". Unlike
9183 the behavior of the "Previous-Sequence" entry in the profile, how-
9184 ever, the sequence(s) will not be zeroed by _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc.
9186 Similarly, whenever _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw (or _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt or _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv) displays a message, that
9187 message will be removed from any sequences named by the
9188 "Unseen-Sequence" entry in the profile.
9191 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
9192 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
9193 <mh-dir>/context The user context
9194 <folder>/.mh_sequences Public sequences for <folder>
9197 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
9198 Sequence-Negation: To designate messages not in a sequence
9199 Previous-Sequence: The last message specification given
9200 Unseen-Sequence: Those messages not yet seen by the user
9203 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
9204 mh(1), mark(1), pick(1), mh-profile(5)
9207 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
9211 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
9216 User-defined sequences are stored in the .mh_sequences file as a
9217 series of message specifications separated by spaces. If a user-
9218 defined sequence contains too many individual message specifica-
9219 tions, that line in the file may become too long for _
\bM_
\bH to handle.
9220 This will generate the error message ".mh_sequences is poorly for-
9221 matted". You'll have to edit the file by hand to remove the of-
9224 This can happen to users who define the "Previous-Sequence" entry
9225 in the _
\bM_
\bH profile and have a folder containing many messages with
9226 gaps in the numbering. A workaround for large folders is to minim-
9227 ize numbering gaps by using "folder -pack" often.
9235 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9249 ap - parse addresses 822-style
9251 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
9252 /usr/local/lib/mh/ap [-form formatfile] [-format string]
9253 [-normalize] [-nonormalize] [-width columns] addrs ...
9256 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
9258 _
\bA_
\bp is a program that parses addresses according to the ARPA Inter-
9259 net standard. It also understands many non-standard formats. It
9260 is useful for seeing how _
\bM_
\bH will interpret an address.
9262 The _
\ba_
\bp program treats each argument as one or more addresses, and
9263 prints those addresses out in the official 822-format. Hence, it
9264 is usually best to enclose each argument in double-quotes for the
9267 To override the output format used by _
\ba_
\bp, the `-format string' or
9268 `-format file' switches are used. This permits individual fields
9269 of the address to be extracted with ease. The string is simply a
9270 format stringand thefile is simply a format file. See
9271 _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) for the details.
9273 In addition to the standard escapes, _
\ba_
\bp also recognizes the follow-
9274 ing additional escape:
9276 _
\bE_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be _
\bR_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn_
\bs _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
9277 error string A diagnostic if the parse failed
9279 If the `-normalize' switch is given, _
\ba_
\bp will try to track down the
9280 official hostname of the address.
9282 Here is the default format string used by _
\ba_
\bp:
9284 %<{error}%{error}: %{text}%|%(putstr(proper{text}))%>
9286 which says that if an error was detected, print the error, a `:',
9287 and the address in error. Otherwise, output the 822-proper format
9290 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
9291 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
9292 /usr/local/lib/mh/mtstailor tailor file
9295 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
9301 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9314 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
9316 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bo_
\bf _
\bA_
\bR_
\bP_
\bA _
\bI_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\be_
\bt _
\bT_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs (aka
9320 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
9321 `-format' defaults as described above
9323 `-width' defaults to the width of the terminal
9326 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
9331 The argument to the `-format' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
9332 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\ba_
\bp. Therefore, one must usual-
9333 ly place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
9335 On hosts where _
\bM_
\bH was configured with the BERK option, address
9336 parsing is not enabled.
9367 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9377 CONFLICT(8) -142- CONFLICT(8)
9381 conflict - search for alias/password conflicts
9383 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
9384 /usr/local/lib/mh/conflict [-mail name] [-search directory]
9385 [aliasfiles...] [-help]
9387 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
9389 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt is a program that checks to see if the interface between
9390 _
\bM_
\bH and transport system is in good shape
9392 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt also checks for maildrops in /usr/spool/mail which do not
9393 belong to a valid user. It assumes that no user name will start
9394 with `.', and thus ignores files in /usr/spool/mail which begin
9395 with `.'. It also checks for entries in the _
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp (5) file which
9396 do not belong to a valid user, and for users who do not have a
9397 valid group number. In addition duplicate users and groups are
9400 If the `-mail name' switch is used, then the results will be sent
9401 to the specified _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be. Otherwise, the results are sent to the
9404 The `-search directory' switch can be used to search directories
9405 other than /usr/spool/mail and to report anomalies in those direc-
9406 tories. The `-search directory' switch can appear more than one
9407 time in an invocation to _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt.
9409 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt should be run under _
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bn (8), or whenever system account-
9412 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
9413 /usr/local/lib/mh/mtstailor tailor file
9414 /etc/passwd List of users
9415 /etc/group List of groups
9416 /usr/local/mhmail Program to send mail
9417 /usr/spool/mail/ Directory of mail drop
9420 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
9424 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
9428 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
9429 `aliasfiles' defaults to /usr/local/lib/mh/MailAliases
9433 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9443 CONFLICT(8) -143- CONFLICT(8)
9446 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
9499 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9513 dp - parse dates 822-style
9515 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
9516 /usr/local/lib/mh/dp [-form formatfile] [-format string]
9517 [-width columns] dates ... [-help]
9519 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
9521 _
\bD_
\bp is a program that parses dates according to the ARPA Internet
9522 standard. It also understands many non-standard formats, such as
9523 those produced by TOPS-20 sites and some UNIX sites using
9524 _
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be (3). It is useful for seeing how _
\bM_
\bH will interpret a date.
9526 The _
\bd_
\bp program treats each argument as a single date, and prints
9527 the date out in the official 822-format. Hence, it is usually best
9528 to enclose each argument in double-quotes for the shell.
9530 To override the output format used by _
\bd_
\bp, the `-format string' or
9531 `-format file' switches are used. This permits individual fields
9532 of the address to be extracted with ease. The string is simply a
9533 format stringand thefile is simply a format file. See
9534 _
\bm_
\bh-_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (5) for the details.
9536 Here is the default format string used by _
\bd_
\bp:
9538 %<(nodate{text})error: %{text}%|%(putstr(pretty{text}))%>
9540 which says that if an error was detected, print the error, a `:',
9541 and the date in error. Otherwise, output the 822-proper format of
9544 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
9545 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
9548 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
9552 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
9554 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bo_
\bf _
\bA_
\bR_
\bP_
\bA _
\bI_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\be_
\bt _
\bT_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs (aka
9558 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
9559 `-format' default as described above
9560 `-width' default to the width of the terminal
9565 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9578 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
9583 The argument to the `-format' switch must be interpreted as a sin-
9584 gle token by the shell that invokes _
\bd_
\bp. Therefore, one must usual-
9585 ly place the argument to this switch inside double-quotes.
9631 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9641 FMTDUMP(8) -146- FMTDUMP(8)
9645 fmtdump - decode MH format files
9647 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
9648 /usr/local/lib/mh/fmtdump [-form formatfile] [-format string]
9651 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
9653 _
\bF_
\bm_
\bt_
\bd_
\bu_
\bm_
\bp is a program that parses an _
\bM_
\bH format file and produces a
9654 pseudo-language listing of the how _
\bM_
\bH interprets the file.
9656 The `-format string' and `-form formatfile' switches may be used to
9657 specify a format string or format file to read. The string is sim-
9658 ply a format string and the file is simply a format file. See _
\bm_
\bh-
9659 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt(5) for the details.
9661 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
9662 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
9663 /usr/local/lib/mh/scan.default The default format file
9666 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
9667 Path: To determine the user's MH directory
9670 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
9671 mh-format(5), mh-sequences(8)
9674 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
9679 The output may not be useful unless you are familiar with the
9680 internals of the mh-format subroutines.
9697 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9707 INSTALL-MH(8) -147- INSTALL-MH(8)
9711 install-mh - initialize the MH environment
9713 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
9714 /usr/local/lib/mh/install-mh [-auto] [-compat]
9716 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
9718 When a user runs any _
\bM_
\bH program for the first time, the program
9719 will invoke _
\bi_
\bn_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl-_
\bm_
\bh (with the `-auto' switch) to query the user
9720 for the initial _
\bM_
\bH environment. The user does NOT invoke this pro-
9721 gram directly. The user is asked for the name of the directory
9722 that will be designated as the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory. If this direc-
9723 tory does not exist, the user is asked if it should be created.
9724 Normally, this directory should be under the user's home directory,
9725 and has the default name of Mail/. After _
\bi_
\bn_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl-_
\bm_
\bh has written
9726 the initial .mh_profile for the user, control returns to the origi-
9727 nal _
\bM_
\bH program.
9729 As with all _
\bM_
\bH commands, _
\bi_
\bn_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl-_
\bm_
\bh first consults the $HOME
9730 envariable to determine the user's home directory. If $HOME is not
9731 set, then the /_
\be_
\bt_
\bc/_
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bd file is consulted.
9733 When converting from _
\bm_
\bh._
\b3 to _
\bm_
\bh._
\b4, _
\bi_
\bn_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl-_
\bm_
\bh is automatically
9734 invoked with the `-compat' switch.
9736 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
9737 $HOME/.mh_profile The user profile
9740 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
9741 Path: To set the user's MH directory
9744 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
9745 With `-auto', the current folder is changed to "inbox".
9763 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9773 POST(8) -148- POST(8)
9777 post - deliver a message
9779 _
\bS_
\bY_
\bN_
\bO_
\bP_
\bS_
\bI_
\bS
9780 /usr/local/lib/mh/post [-alias aliasfile] [-filter filterfile]
9781 [-nofilter] [-format] [-noformat] [-msgid] [-nomsgid]
9782 [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-watch] [-nowatch] [-width columns]
9785 _
\bD_
\bE_
\bS_
\bC_
\bR_
\bI_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN
9787 _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt is the program called by _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd (1) to deliver the message in
9788 _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be to local and remote users. In fact, all of the functions
9789 attributed to _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd on its manual page are performed by _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt, with
9790 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd acting as a relatively simple preprocessor. Thus, it is _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
9791 which parses the various header fields, appends From: and Date:
9792 lines, and interacts with the _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl transport system. _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt will
9793 not normally be called directly by the user.
9795 _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt searches the "To:", "cc:", "Bcc:", "Fcc:", and "Resent-xxx:"
9796 header lines of the specified message for destination addresses,
9797 checks these addresses for validity, and formats them so as to con-
9798 form to ARPAnet Internet Message Format protocol, unless the
9799 `-noformat' flag is set. This will normally cause "@_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl-_
\bs_
\bi_
\bt_
\be" to
9800 be appended to each local destination address, as well as any local
9801 return addresses. The `-width columns' switch can be used to indi-
9802 cate the preferred length of the header components that contain
9805 If a "Bcc:" field is encountered, its addresses will be used for
9806 delivery, and the "Bcc:" field will be removed from the message
9807 sent to sighted recipients. The blind recipients will receive an
9808 entirely new message with a minimal set of headers. Included in
9809 the body of the message will be a copy of the message sent to the
9810 sighted recipients. If `-filter filterfile' is specified, then
9811 this copy is filtered (re-formatted) prior to being sent to the
9814 The `-alias aliasfile' switch can be used to specify a file that
9815 post should take aliases from. More than one file can be speci-
9816 fied, each being preceded with `-alias'. In any event, the primary
9817 alias file is read first.
9819 The `-msgid' switch indicates that a "Message-ID:" or
9820 "Resent-Message-ID:" field should be added to the header.
9822 The `-verbose' switch indicates that the user should be informed of
9823 each step of the posting/filing process.
9825 The `-watch' switch indicates that the user would like to watch the
9826 transport system's handling of the message (e.g., local and "fast"
9829 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9839 POST(8) -149- POST(8)
9842 _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt consults the envariable $SIGNATURE to determine the sender's
9843 personal name in constructing the "From:" line of the message.
9845 _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
9846 /usr/local/lib/mh/mtstailor tailor file
9847 /usr/local/refile Program to process Fcc:s
9848 /usr/local/lib/mh/mhl Program to process Bcc:s
9849 /usr/local/lib/mh/MailAliases Primary alias file
9852 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
9853 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt does NOT consult the user's .mh_profile
9856 _
\bS_
\be_
\be _
\bA_
\bl_
\bs_
\bo
9857 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt _
\bo_
\bf _
\bA_
\bR_
\bP_
\bA _
\bI_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\be_
\bt _
\bT_
\be_
\bx_
\bt _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs (aka
9859 mhmail(1), send(1), mh-mail(5), mh-alias(5)
9862 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bs
9863 `-alias /usr/local/lib/mh/MailAliases'
9872 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
9877 "Reply-To:" fields are allowed to have groups in them according to
9878 the 822 specification, but _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt won't let you use them.
9895 [mh.6] MH.6.8 UCI version
9908 _
\b5. _
\bR_
\bE_
\bP_
\bO_
\bR_
\bT_
\bI_
\bN_
\bG _
\bP_
\bR_
\bO_
\bB_
\bL_
\bE_
\bM_
\bS
9914 If problems are encountered with an _
\bM_
\bH program, the problems should
9915 be reported to the local maintainers of _
\bM_
\bH. When doing this, the name
9916 of the program should be reported, along with the version information
9917 for the program. To find out what version of an _
\bM_
\bH program is being
9918 run, invoke the program with the `-help' switch. In addition to listing
9919 the syntax of the command, the program will list information pertaining
9920 to its version. This information includes the version of _
\bM_
\bH, the host
9921 it was generated on, and the date the program was loaded. A second line
9922 of information, found on versions of _
\bM_
\bH after #5.380 include _
\bM_
\bH confi-
9923 guration options. For example,
9925 version: MH 6.1 #1[UCI] (nrtc-gremlin) of Wed Nov 6 01:13:53 PST
9927 options: [BSD42] [MHE] [NETWORK] [SENDMTS] [MMDFII] [SMTP] [POP]
9929 The `6.1 #1[UCI]' indicates that the program is from the UCI _
\bm_
\bh._
\b6 ver-
9930 sion of _
\bM_
\bH. The program was generated on the host `nrtc-gremlin' on
9931 `Wed Nov 6 01:13:53 PST 1985'. It's usually a good idea to send the
9932 output of the `-help' switch along with your report.
9934 If there is no local _
\bM_
\bH maintainer, try the address Bug-MH. If that
9935 fails, use the Internet mailbox Bug-MH@ICS.UCI.EDU.
9974 _
\b6. _
\bA_
\bD_
\bV_
\bA_
\bN_
\bC_
\bE_
\bD _
\bF_
\bE_
\bA_
\bT_
\bU_
\bR_
\bE_
\bS
9980 This section describes some features of _
\bM_
\bH that were included
9981 strictly for advanced _
\bM_
\bH users. These capabilities permit _
\bM_
\bH to exhibit
9982 more powerful behavior for the seasoned _
\bM_
\bH users.
9985 _
\bU_
\bS_
\bE_
\bR-_
\bD_
\bE_
\bF_
\bI_
\bN_
\bE_
\bD _
\bS_
\bE_
\bQ_
\bU_
\bE_
\bN_
\bC_
\bE_
\bS
9987 User-defined sequences allow the _
\bM_
\bH user a tremendous amount of
9988 power in dealing with groups of messages in the same folder by allowing
9989 the user to bind a group of messages to a meaningful symbolic name. The
9990 user may choose any name for a message sequence, as long as it consists
9991 of alphanumeric characters and does not conflict with the standard _
\bM_
\bH
9992 reserved message names (e.g., "first", etc). After defining a sequence,
9993 it can be used wherever an _
\bM_
\bH command expects a `msg' or `msgs' argu-
9996 A restricted form of message ranges are allowed with user-defined
9997 sequences. The form "name:n", specifies up to the first `n' messages
9998 which are part of the user-defined sequence `name'. A leading plus sign
9999 is allowed on `n', but is ignored. The interpretation of n is overrid-
10000 den if n is preceded by a minus sign; `-n' always means up to the last
10001 `n' messages which are part of the sequence `name'.
10003 Although all _
\bM_
\bH commands expand user-defined sequences as appropri-
10004 ate, there are two commands that allow the user to define and manipulate
10005 them: _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk and _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk.
10007 _
\bP_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br-_
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs
10009 Most users of _
\bM_
\bH will use user-defined sequences only with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk
10010 command. By giving the `-sequence name' switch to _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk (which can occur
10011 more than once on the command line), each sequence named is defined as
10012 those messages which _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk matched according the the selection criteria
10013 it was given. Hence,
10015 pick -from frated -seq fred
10017 finds all those messages in the current folder which were from "frated",
10018 creates a sequence called "fred", and then adds them to the sequence.
10019 The user could then invoke
10023 to get a _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn listing of those messages. Note that by default, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk
10024 creates the named sequences before it adds the selected messages to the
10025 sequence. Hence, if the named sequence already existed, the sequence is
10040 destroyed prior to being re-defined (nothing happens to the messages
10041 that were a part of this sequence, they simply cease to be members of
10042 that sequence). By using the `-nozero' switch, this behavior can be
10045 pick -from frated -seq sgroup
10046 pick -from fear -seq sgroup -nozero
10047 pick -from freida -seq sgroup -nozero
10049 finds all those messages in the current folder which were from "frated",
10050 "fear", or "freida", and defines the sequence called "sgroup" as exactly
10051 those messages. These operations amounted to an "inclusive-or" of three
10052 selection criteria, using _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk, one can also generate the "and" of some
10053 selection criteria as well:
10055 pick -from frated -seq fred
10056 pick -before friday -seq fred fred
10058 This example defines the sequence called "fred" as exactly those mes-
10059 sages from "frated" that were dated prior to "friday".[1]
10061 _
\bP_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk is normally used as a back-quoted command, for example,
10063 scan `pick -from postmaster`
10065 Now suppose that the user decides that another command should be issued,
10066 using exactly those messages. Since, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk wasn't given a
10067 `-sequence name' argument in this example, the user would end-up typing
10068 the entire back-quoted command again. A simpler way is to add a default
10069 sequence name to the .mh_profile. For example,
10071 pick: -seq select -list
10073 will tell _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk to always define the sequence "select" whenever it's run.
10074 The `-list' is necessary since the `-sequence name' switch sets `-nol-
10075 ist' whenever the former is encountered. Hence, this profile entry
10076 makes _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk define the "select" sequence and otherwise behave exactly as
10079 [1] Of course, it is much easier to simply use the built-in boolean
10080 operation of _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk to get the desired results:
10082 pick -from frated -or -from fear -or -from freida -seq sgroup
10086 pick -from frated -and -before friday -seq fred
10088 do exactly the same thing as the five commands listed above. Hence, the
10089 `-nozero' option to _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk is only useful to manipulate existing se-
10106 if there was no profile entry at all.
10108 _
\bM_
\ba_
\br_
\bk _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br-_
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs
10110 The _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk command lets the user perform low-level manipulation of
10111 sequences, and also provides a well-needed debug facility to the
10112 implementors/developers/maintainers of _
\bM_
\bH (the _
\bM_
\bH-hacks). In the
10113 future, a user-friendly "front-end" for _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk will probably be developed
10114 to give the _
\bM_
\bH user a way to take better advantage of the underlying
10117 _
\bP_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bP_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br-_
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs
10119 There are two kinds of sequences: _
\bp_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc sequences, and _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be
10120 sequences. _
\bP_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc sequences of a folder are accessible to any _
\bM_
\bH user
10121 that can read that folder and are kept in the .mh_sequences file in the
10122 folder. _
\bP_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be sequences are accessible only to the _
\bM_
\bH user that
10123 defined those sequences and are kept in the user's _
\bM_
\bH context file. By
10124 default, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk (and _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk ) create _
\bp_
\bu_
\bb_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc sequences if the folder for
10125 which the sequences are being defined is writable by the _
\bM_
\bH user. Oth-
10126 erwise, _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bv_
\ba_
\bt_
\be sequences are created. This can be overridden with the
10127 `-public' and `-nopublic' switches.
10129 _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be _
\bN_
\be_
\bg_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
10131 In addition to telling an _
\bM_
\bH command to use the messages in the
10132 sequence "seen", as in
10136 it would be useful to be easily able to tell an _
\bM_
\bH command to use all
10137 messages _
\be_
\bx_
\bc_
\be_
\bp_
\bt those in the sequence. One way of doing this would be
10138 to use _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk and define the sequence explicitly, as in
10140 mark -delete -zero seen -seq notseen
10142 which, owing to _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk 's cryptic interpretation of `-delete' and `-zero',
10143 defines the sequence "notseen" to be all messages not in the sequence
10144 "seen". Naturally, anytime the sequence "seen" is changed, "notseen"
10145 will have to be updated. Another way to achieve this is to define the
10146 entry "Sequence-Negation:" in the .mh_profile. If the entry was
10148 Sequence-Negation: not
10150 then anytime an _
\bM_
\bH command was given "notseen" as a `msg' or `msgs'
10151 argument, it would substitute all messages that are not a member of the
10152 sequence "seen". That is,
10154 refile notseen +new
10156 does just that. The value of the "Sequence-Negation:" entry in the pro-
10157 file can be any string. Hence, experienced users of _
\bM_
\bH do not use a
10172 word, but rather a special character which their shell does not inter-
10173 pret (users of the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl use a single caret or circumflex (usually
10174 shift-6), while users of the Bourne shell use an exclamation-mark).
10175 This is because there is nothing to prevent a user of _
\bM_
\bH from defining a
10176 sequence with this string as its prefix, if the string is nothing by
10177 letters and digits. Obviously, this could lead to confusing behavior if
10178 the "Sequence-Negation:" entry leads _
\bM_
\bH to believe that two sequences
10179 are opposites by virtue of their names differing by the prefix string.
10181 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bP_
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\bi_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
10183 Many times users find themselves issuing a series of commands on
10184 the same sequences of messages. If the user first defined these mes-
10185 sages as a sequence, then considerable typing may be saved. If the user
10186 doesn't have this foresight, _
\bM_
\bH provides a handy way of having _
\bM_
\bH
10187 remember the `msgs' or `msg' argument last given to an _
\bM_
\bH command. If
10188 the entry "Previous-Sequence:" is defined in the .mh_profile, then when
10189 the command finishes, it will define the sequence(s) named in the value
10190 of this entry as being exactly those messages that were specified.
10191 Hence, a profile entry of
10193 Previous-Sequence: pseq
10195 directs any _
\bM_
\bH command that accepts a `msg' or `msgs' argument to define
10196 the sequence "pseq" as those messages when it finishes. More than one
10197 sequence name may be placed in this entry, separated with spaces. The
10198 one disadvantage of this approach is that the _
\bM_
\bH progams have to update
10199 the sequence information for the folder each time they run (although
10200 most programs read this information, usually only _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk and _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk have to
10201 write this information out).
10203 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bU_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\be_
\bn _
\bS_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
10205 Finally, some users like to distinguish between messages which have
10206 been previously seen by them. Both _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc and _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw honorthe profile entry
10207 "Unseen-Sequence" to support this activity. Whenever _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc places new
10208 messages in a folder, if the entry "Unseen-Sequence" is defined in the
10209 .mh_profile, then when the command finishes, _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc will add the new mes-
10210 sages to the sequence(s) named in the value of this entry. Hence, a
10213 Unseen-Sequence: unseen
10215 directs _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc to add new messages to the sequence "unseen". Unlike the
10216 behavior of the "Previous-Sequence" entry in the profile however, the
10217 sequence(s) will not be zero'd.
10219 Similarly, whenever _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw (or _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt or _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bv ) displays a message,
10220 they remove those messages from any sequences named by the
10221 "Unseen-Sequence" entry in the profile.
10238 _
\bC_
\bO_
\bM_
\bP_
\bO_
\bS_
\bI_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN _
\bO_
\bF _
\bM_
\bA_
\bI_
\bL
10240 There are a number of interesting advanced facilities for the com-
10241 position of outgoing mail.
10244 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bD_
\br_
\ba_
\bf_
\bt _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br
10246 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl commands have two switches,
10247 `-draftfolder +folder' and `-draftmessage msg'. If
10248 `-draftfolder +folder' is used, these commands are directed to construct
10249 a draft message in the indicated folder. (The "Draft-Folder:" profile
10250 entry may be used to declare a default draft folder for use with _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp,
10251 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl) If `-draftmessage msg' is not used, it defaults to
10252 `new' (unless the user invokes _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp with `-use', in which case the
10253 default is `cur'). Hence, the user may have several message composi-
10254 tions in progress simultaneously. Now, all of the _
\bM_
\bH tools are avail-
10255 able on each of the user's message drafts (e.g., _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw, _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk, and
10256 so on). If the folder does not exist, the user is asked if it should be
10257 created (just like with _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be ). Also, the last draft message the user
10258 was composing is known as `cur' in the draft folder.
10260 Furthermore, the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd command has these switches as well. Hence,
10261 from the shell, the user can send off whatever drafts desired using the
10262 standard _
\bM_
\bH `msgs' convention with `-draftmessage msgs'. If no `msgs'
10263 are given, it defaults to `cur'.
10265 In addition, all five programs have a `-nodraftfolder' switch,
10266 which undoes the last occurrence of `-draftfolder folder' (useful if the
10267 latter occurs in the user's _
\bM_
\bH profile).
10269 If the user does not give the `-draftfolder +folder' switch, then
10270 all these commands act ``normally''. Note that the `-draft' switch to
10271 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd and _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw still refers to the file called `draft' in the user's _
\bM_
\bH
10272 directory. In the interests of economy of expression, when using _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp
10273 or _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd, the user needn't prefix the draft `msg' or `msgs' with `-draft-
10274 message'. Both of these commands accept a `file' or `files' argument,
10275 and they will, if given `-draftfolder +folder' treat these arguments as
10276 `msg' or `msgs'.[2] Hence,
10278 send -draftf +drafts first
10282 send -draftf +drafts -draftm first
10287 [2] This may appear to be inconsistent, at first, but it saves a lot
10304 To make all this a bit more clear, here are some examples. Let's
10305 assume that the following entries are in the _
\bM_
\bH profile:
10307 Draft-Folder: +drafts
10308 sendf: -draftfolder +drafts
10310 Furthermore, let's assume that the program _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bf is a (symbolic) link in
10311 the user's $HOME/bin/ directory to _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd. Then, any of the commands
10318 constructs the message draft in the `draft' folder using the `new' mes-
10319 sage number. Furthermore, they each define `cur' in this folder to be
10320 that message draft. If the user were to use the _
\bq_
\bu_
\bi_
\bt option at `What
10321 now?' level, then later on, if no other draft composition was done, the
10322 draft could be sent with simply
10326 Or, if more editing was required, the draft could be edited with
10330 Instead, if other drafts had been composed in the meantime, so that this
10331 message draft was no longer known as `cur' in the `draft' folder, then
10332 the user could _
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bn the folder to see which message draft in the folder
10333 should be used for editing or sending. Clever users could even employ a
10334 back-quoted _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk to do the work:
10336 comp -use `pick +drafts -to bug-mh`
10340 sendf `pick +drafts -to bug-mh`
10342 Note that in the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp example, the output from _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk must resolve to a
10343 single message draft (it makes no sense to talk about composing two or
10344 more drafts with one invocation of _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp ). In contrast, in the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
10345 example, as many message drafts as desired can appear, since _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
10346 doesn't mind sending more than one draft at a time.
10348 Note that the argument `-draftfolder +folder' is not included in
10349 the profile entry for _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd, since when _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, et. al., invoke _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
10350 directly, they supply _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd with the UNIX pathname of the message draft,
10351 and not a `draftmessage msg' argument. As far as _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd is concerned, a
10352 _
\bd_
\br_
\ba_
\bf_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br is not being used.
10354 It is important to realize that _
\bM_
\bH treats the draft folder like a
10355 standard _
\bM_
\bH folder in nearly all respects. There are two exceptions:
10370 first
\b\b\b\b\b_____, under no circumstancs will the `-draftfolder folder' switch cause
10371 the named folder to become the current folder.[3] Second
\b\b\b\b\b\b______, although con-
10372 ceptually _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd deletes the `msgs' named in the draft folder, it does not
10373 call `delete-prog' to perform the deletion.
10376 _
\bW_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt _
\bH_
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bs _
\bi_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bD_
\br_
\ba_
\bf_
\bt _
\bE_
\bx_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
10378 When the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl commands are invoked and the
10379 draft you indicated already exists, these programs will prompt the user
10380 for a reponse directing the program's action. The prompt is
10382 Draft ``/usr/src/uci/mh/mhbox/draft'' exists (xx bytes).
10385 The appropriate responses and their meanings are: replace
\b\b\b\b\b\b\b_______: deletes the
10386 draft and starts afresh; list
\b\b\b\b____: lists the draft; refile
\b\b\b\b\b\b______: files the draft
10387 into a folder and starts afresh; and, quit
\b\b\b\b____: leaves the draft intact and
10388 exits. In addition, if you specified `-draftfolder folder' to the com-
10389 mand, then one other response will be accepted: new
\b\b\b___: finds a new draft,
10390 just as if `-draftmessage new' had been given. Finally, the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp com-
10391 mand will accept one more response: use
\b\b\b___: re-uses the draft, just as if
10392 `-use' had been given.
10395 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bP_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh _
\bO_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\ba_
\bt _
\bW_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt _
\bn_
\bo_
\bw? _
\bL_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\bl
10397 The _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh option to the "What now?" query in the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw,
10398 and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl commands, directs the command to _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd the draft in a special
10399 detached fashion, with all normal output discarded. If _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh is used and
10400 the draft can not be sent, then _
\bM_
\bH will send the user a message, indi-
10401 cating the name of the draft file, and an explanation of the failure.
10403 The user can also invoke _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd from the shell with the `-push'
10404 switch, which makes _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd act like it had been _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh 'd by one of the com-
10407 By using _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh, the user can free the shell to do other things,
10408 because it appears to the shell that the _
\bM_
\bH command has finished. As a
10409 result the shell will immediately prompt for another command, despite
10410 the fact that the command is really still running. Note that if the
10411 user indicates that annotations are to be performed (with `-annotate' to
10414 [3] Obviously, if the folder appeared in the context of a standard
10415 `+folder' argument to an _
\bM_
\bH program, as in
10419 it might become the current folder, depending on the context changes of
10420 the _
\bM_
\bH program in question.
10436 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, or _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl), the annotations will be performed after the mes-
10437 sage has been successfully sent. This action will appear to occur asyn-
10438 chronously. Obviously, if one of the messages that is to be annotated
10439 is removed before the draft has been successfully sent, then when _
\bM_
\bH
10440 tries to make the annotations, it won't be able to do so. In previous
10441 versions of _
\bM_
\bH, this resulted in an error message mysteriously appearing
10442 on the user's terminal. In _
\bm_
\bh._
\b5 and later versions, in this special
10443 circumstance, no error will be generated.
10445 If send is _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh 'd, then the `-forward' switch is examined if a
10446 failure notice is generated. If given, then the draft is forwarded with
10447 the failure notice sent to the user. This allows rapid _
\bb_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bt 'ing of
10448 the failure notice to retrieve the unsent draft.
10451 _
\bO_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs _
\ba_
\bt _
\bW_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt _
\bn_
\bo_
\bw? _
\bL_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\bl
10453 By default, the message composition programs call a program called
10454 _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw before the initial draft composition. The _
\bM_
\bH user can specify
10455 any program for this. Following is some information about the default
10456 "What now?" level. More detailed information can be found in the _
\bw_
\bh_
\ba_
\bt_
\b-
10457 _
\bn_
\bo_
\bw (1) manual entry.
10459 When using the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl commands at "What now?"
10460 level, the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt, _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt, _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs, _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be, and (for the _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl com-
10461 mands) the _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\ba_
\by options will pass on any additional arguments given
10462 them to whatever program they invoke.
10464 In _
\bm_
\bh._
\b1 (the original RAND _
\bM_
\bH ) and _
\bm_
\bh._
\b2 (the first UCI version of
10465 _
\bM_
\bH ), _
\bM_
\bH used a complicated heuristic to determine if the draft should
10466 be deleted or preserved after an unsuccessful edit. In _
\bm_
\bh._
\b3, _
\bM_
\bH was
10467 changed to preserve the draft always, since _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp, et. al., could usually
10468 look at a draft, apply another set of heuristics, and decide if it was
10469 important or not. With the notion of a _
\bd_
\br_
\ba_
\bf_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br, in which one by
10470 default gets a `new' message draft, the edit deletion/preservation algo-
10471 rithm was re-implemented, to keep the draft folder from being cluttered
10472 with aborted edits.
10474 Also, note that by default, if the draft cannot be successfully
10475 sent, these commands return to "What now?" level. But, when _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh is
10476 used, this does not happen (obviously). Hence, if these commands were
10477 expected to annotate any messages, this will have to be done by hand,
10478 later on, with the _
\ba_
\bn_
\bn_
\bo command.
10480 Finally, if the `-delete' switch is not given to the _
\bq_
\bu_
\bi_
\bt option,
10481 then these commands will inform the user of the name of the unsent draft
10485 _
\bD_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
10502 The _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw command has the beginnings of a digestifying facility,
10503 with the `-digest list', `-issue number', and `-volume number' switches.
10505 If _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw is given "list" to the `-digest' switch as the name of the dis-
10506 cussion group, and the `-issue number' switch is not given, then _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw
10507 looks for an entry in the user's _
\bM_
\bH context called "_
\bd_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt-issue-list"
10508 and increments its value to use as the issue number. Similarly, if the
10509 `-volume number' switch is not given, then _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw looks for
10510 "_
\bd_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt-volume-list" (but does not increment its value) to use as the
10513 Having calculated the name of the digest and the volume and issue
10514 numbers, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw will now process the components file using the same format
10515 string mechanism used by _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl. The current `%'-escapes are:
10517 _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be _
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
10518 digest string digest name
10519 msg integer issue number
10520 cur integer volume number
10522 In addition, to capture the current date, any of the escapes valid for
10523 _
\bd_
\bp (8) are also valid for _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw.
10525 The default components file used by _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw when in digest mode is:
10527 From: %{digest}-Request
10528 To: %{digest} Distribution: dist-%{digest};
10529 Subject: %{digest} Digest V%(cur) #%(msg)
10530 Reply-To: %{digest}
10532 %{digest} Digest %(weekday{date}), %2(mday{date}) %(month{date}) 19%02(year{date})
10533 Volume %(cur) : Issue %(msg)
10537 Hence, when the `-digest' switch is present, the first step taken by
10538 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw is to expand the format strings in the component file. The next
10539 step is to compose the draft using the standard digest encapsulation
10540 algorithm (even putting an "End of list Digest" trailer in the draft).
10541 Once the draft is composed by _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw writes out the volume and issue
10542 profile entries for the digest, and then invokes the editor.
10544 Naturally, when composing the draft, _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw will honor the
10545 `-filter filterfile' switch, which is given to _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl to filter each mes-
10546 sage being forwarded prior to encapsulation in the draft. A good filter
10547 file to use, which is called _
\bm_
\bh_
\bl._
\bd_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt, is:
10568 width=80,overflowoffset=10
10569 leftadjust,compress,compwidth=9
10570 Date:formatfield="%<(nodate{text})%{text}%|%(tws{text})%>"
10574 body:nocomponent,overflowoffset=0,noleftadjust,nocompress
10578 _
\bF_
\bO_
\bL_
\bD_
\bE_
\bR _
\bH_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD_
\bL_
\bI_
\bN_
\bG
10580 There are two interesting facilities for manipulating folders:
10581 relative folder addressing, which allows a user to shorten the typing of
10582 long folder names; and the folder-stack, which permits a user to keep a
10583 stack of current folders.
10586 _
\bR_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bA_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
10588 By default, when `+folder' is given, and the folder name is not
10589 absolute (does not start with /, ./, or ../), then the UNIX pathname of
10590 the folder is interpreted relative to the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory. Although
10591 this mechanism works fine for top-level folders and their immediate
10592 sub-folders, once the depth of the sub-folder tree grows, it becomes
10595 scan +mh/mh.4/draft/flames
10597 is a lot of typing. _
\bM_
\bH can't do anything if the current folder was
10598 "+inbox", but if the current folder was, say, "+mh/mh.4/draft", _
\bM_
\bH has a
10599 short-hand notation to reference a sub-folder of the current folder.
10600 Using the `@folder' notation, the _
\bM_
\bH user can direct any _
\bM_
\bH program
10601 which expects a `+folder' argument to look for the folder relative to
10602 the current folder instead of the user's _
\bM_
\bH directory. Hence, if the
10603 current folder _
\bw_
\ba_
\bs "+mh/mh.4/draft", then
10607 would do the trick handily. In addition, if the current folder _
\bw_
\ba_
\bs
10612 would scan the folder "+mh/mh.4/pick", since, in the UNIX fashion, it
10613 references the folder "pick" which is a sub-folder of the folder that is
10614 the parent of the current folder. Since most advanced _
\bM_
\bH users seem to
10615 exhibit a large degree of locality in referencing folders when they pro-
10616 cess mail, this convention should receive a wide range of uses.
10634 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk
10636 The _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk mechanism in _
\bM_
\bH gives the _
\bM_
\bH user a facility simi-
10637 lar to the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl 's directory-stack. Simply put,
10641 makes "foo" the current folder, saving the folder that was previously
10642 the current folder on the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk. As expected,
10646 takes the top of the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk and makes it the current folder. Each
10647 of these switches lists the _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk when they execute. It is sim-
10648 ple to write a _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh_
\bf command as a shell script. It's one line:
10650 exec folder -push $@
10652 Probably a better way is to link _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br to the $HOME/bin/ directory
10653 under the name of _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh_
\bf and then add the entry
10657 to the .mh_profile.
10659 The manual page for _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br discusses the analogy between the _
\bC_
\bS_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl
10660 directory stack commands and the switches in _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br which manipulate the
10661 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br-_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk. The _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br command uses the context entry `Folder-Stack:'
10662 to keep track of the folders in the user's stack of folders.
10701 _
\bC_
\bO_
\bM_
\bM_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD _
\bS_
\bU_
\bM_
\bM_
\bA_
\bR_
\bY
10706 ali [-alias aliasfile] [-list] [-nolist] [-normalize]
10707 [-nonormalize] [-user] [-nouser] aliases ... [-help]
10709 anno [+folder] [msgs] [-component field] [-inplace] [-noinplace]
10710 [-date] [-nodate] [-text body] [-help]
10712 bbc [bboards ...] [-topics] [-check] [-read] [-quiet] [-verbose]
10713 [-archive] [-noarchive] [-protocol] [-noprotocol]
10714 [-mshproc program] [switches for _
\bm_
\bs_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-rcfile rcfile]
10715 [-norcfile] [-file BBoardsfile] [-user BBoardsuser] [-help]
10717 burst [+folder] [msgs] [-inplace] [-noinplace] [-quiet] [-noquiet]
10718 [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-help]
10720 comp [+folder] [msg] [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg]
10721 [-nodraftfolder] [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-file file]
10722 [-form formfile] [-use] [-nouse] [-whatnowproc program]
10723 [-nowhatnowproc] [-help]
10725 dist [+folder] [msg] [-annotate] [-noannotate]
10726 [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
10727 [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-form formfile] [-inplace]
10728 [-noinplace] [-whatnowproc program] [-nowhatnowproc] [-help]
10730 /usr/local/lib/mh/fmtdump [-form formatfile] [-format string]
10733 folder [+folder] [msg] [-all] [-fast] [-nofast] [-header]
10734 [-noheader] [-pack] [-nopack] [-recurse] [-norecurse] [-total]
10735 [-nototal] [-print] [-noprint] [-list] [-nolist] [-push]
10740 forw [+folder] [msgs] [-annotate] [-noannotate]
10741 [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
10742 [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-filter filterfile]
10743 [-form formfile] [-format] [-noformat] [-inplace] [-noinplace]
10744 [-whatnowproc program] [-nowhatnowproc] [-help]
10746 forw [+folder] [msgs] [-digest list] [-issue number]
10747 [-volume number] [other switches for _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw] [-help]
10766 inc [+folder] [-audit audit-file] [-noaudit] [-changecur]
10767 [-nochangecur] [-file name] [-form formatfile]
10768 [-format string] [-silent] [-nosilent] [-truncate]
10769 [-notruncate] [-width columns] [-help]
10771 mark [+folder] [msgs] [-sequence name ...] [-add] [-delete] [-list]
10772 [-public] [-nopublic] [-zero] [-nozero] [-help]
10774 /usr/local/lib/mh/mhl [-bell] [-nobell] [-clear] [-noclear]
10775 [-folder +folder] [-form formfile] [-length lines]
10776 [-width columns] [-moreproc program] [-nomoreproc] [files ...]
10779 mhmail [ addrs ... [-body text] [-cc addrs ...] [-from addr]
10780 [-subject subject]] [-help]
10782 mhparam [profile-components] [-components] [-nocomponents] [-all]
10785 mhpath [+folder] [msgs] [-help]
10787 msgchk [-date] [-nodate] [-notify all/mail/nomail]
10788 [-nonotify all/mail/nomail] [users ...] [-help]
10790 msh [-prompt string] [-scan] [-noscan] [-topcur] [-notopcur] [file]
10793 next [+folder] [-header] [-noheader] [-showproc program]
10794 [-noshowproc] [switches for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-help]
10796 packf [+folder] [msgs] [-file name] [-help]
10798 pick [+folder] [msgs] [-and ...] [-or ...] [-not ...]
10799 [-lbrace ... -rbrace] [--component pattern] [-after date]
10800 [-before date] [-datefield field] [-sequence name ...]
10801 [-public] [-nopublic] [-zero] [-nozero] [-list] [-nolist]
10805 prev [+folder] [-header] [-noheader] [-showproc program]
10806 [-noshowproc] [switches for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-help]
10808 prompter [-erase chr] [-kill chr] [-prepend] [-noprepend] [-rapid]
10809 [-norapid] [-doteof] [-nodoteof] file [-help]
10811 /usr/local/lib/mh/rcvstore [+folder] [-create] [-nocreate]
10812 [-sequence name ...] [-public] [-nopublic] [-zero] [-nozero]
10832 refile [msgs] [-draft] [-link] [-nolink] [-preserve] [-nopreserve]
10833 [-src +folder] [-file file] +folder ... [-help]
10835 repl [+folder] [msg] [-annotate] [-noannotate] [-cc all/to/cc/me]
10836 [-nocc all/to/cc/me] [-draftfolder +folder]
10837 [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder] [-editor editor]
10838 [-noedit] [-fcc +folder] [-filter filterfile] [-form formfile]
10839 [-inplace] [-noinplace] [-query] [-noquery]
10840 [-whatnowproc program] [-nowhatnowproc] [-width columns]
10843 rmf [+folder] [-interactive] [-nointeractive] [-help]
10845 rmm [+folder] [msgs] [-help]
10847 scan [+folder] [msgs] [-clear] [-noclear] [-form formatfile]
10848 [-format string] [-header] [-noheader] [-width columns]
10849 [-reverse] [-noreverse] [-file filename] [-help]
10851 send [-alias aliasfile] [-draft] [-draftfolder +folder]
10852 [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder] [-filter filterfile]
10853 [-nofilter] [-format] [-noformat] [-forward] [-noforward]
10854 [-msgid] [-nomsgid] [-push] [-nopush] [-verbose] [-noverbose]
10855 [-watch] [-nowatch] [-width columns] [file ...] [-help]
10857 show [+folder] [msgs] [-draft] [-header] [-noheader]
10858 [-showproc program] [-noshowproc] [switches for _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc]
10861 sortm [+folder] [msgs] [-datefield field] [-textfield field]
10862 [-notextfield] [-limit days] [-nolimit] [-verbose]
10863 [-noverbose] [-help]
10865 vmh [-prompt string] [-vmhproc program] [-novmhproc]
10866 [switches for _
\bv_
\bm_
\bh_
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc] [-help]
10868 whatnow [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
10869 [-editor editor] [-noedit] [-prompt string] [file] [-help]
10871 whom [-alias aliasfile] [-check] [-nocheck] [-draft]
10872 [-draftfolder +folder] [-draftmessage msg] [-nodraftfolder]
10875 /usr/local/lib/mh/ap [-form formatfile] [-format string]
10876 [-normalize] [-nonormalize] [-width columns] addrs ...
10879 /usr/local/lib/mh/conflict [-mail name] [-search directory]
10880 [aliasfiles ...] [-help]
10898 /usr/local/lib/mh/dp [-form formatfile] [-format string]
10899 [-width columns] dates ... [-help]
10901 /usr/local/lib/mh/install-mh [-auto] [-compat]
10903 /usr/local/lib/mh/post [-alias aliasfile] [-filter filterfile]
10904 [-nofilter] [-format] [-noformat] [-msgid] [-nomsgid]
10905 [-verbose] [-noverbose] [-watch] [-nowatch] [-width columns]
10908 /usr/local/lib/mh/slocal [address info sender] [-addr address]
10909 [-info data] [-sender sender] [-user username] [-mailbox mbox]
10910 [-file file] [-maildelivery deliveryfile] [-verbose]
10911 [-noverbose] [-debug] [-help]
10965 _
\bM_
\bE_
\bS_
\bS_
\bA_
\bG_
\bE _
\bN_
\bA_
\bM_
\bE _
\bB_
\bN_
\bF
10977 user-defined-sequence
10982 msg-name := "first" |
10989 msg-range := msg"-"msg |
10992 msg-sequence := msg":"signed-number
10994 signed-number := "+"<number> |
10998 user-defined-sequence := <alpha> |
10999 <alpha><alphanumeric>*
11002 Where <number> is a decimal number greater than zero.
11004 Msg-range specifies all of the messages in the given range and must not
11007 Msg-sequence specifies up to <number> of messages, beginning with "msg"
11008 (in the case of first, cur, next, or <number>), or ending with "msg" (in
11009 the case of prev or last). +<number> forces "starting with msg", and
11010 -<number> forces "ending with number". In all cases, "msg" must exist.
11012 User-defined sequences are defined and manipulated with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bc_
\bk and
11013 _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk commands.
11030 _
\bR_
\bE_
\bF_
\bE_
\bR_
\bE_
\bN_
\bC_
\bE_
\bS
11034 1. Crocker, D. H., J. J. Vittal, K. T. Pogran, and D. A. Henderson,
11035 Jr., "Standard for the Format of ARPA Network Text Messages,"
11036 _
\bR_
\bF_
\bC_
\b7_
\b3_
\b3, November 1977.
11038 2. Thompson, K., and D. M. Ritchie, "The UNIX Time-sharing System,"
11039 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bA_
\bC_
\bM, Vol. 17, July 1974, pp. 365-375.
11041 3. McCauley, E. J., and P. J. Drongowski, "KSOS-The Design of a Secure
11042 Operating System," _
\bA_
\bF_
\bI_
\bP_
\bS _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bc_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs, National Computer
11043 Conference, Vol. 48, 1979, pp. 345-353.
11045 4. Crocker, David H., _
\bF_
\br_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\bw_
\bo_
\br_
\bk _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be "_
\bM_
\bS" _
\bP_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\b-
11046 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bS_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm, The RAND Corporation, R-2134-ARPA, December 1977.
11048 5. Thompson, K., and D. M. Ritchie, _
\bU_
\bN_
\bI_
\bX _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bm_
\bm_
\be_
\br'_
\bs _
\bM_
\ba_
\bn_
\bu_
\ba_
\bl, 6th ed.,
11049 Western Electric Company, May 1975 (available only to UNIX licen-
11052 6. Crocker, D. H., "Standard for the Format of ARPA Internet Text Mes-
11053 sages," _
\bR_
\bF_
\bC_
\b8_
\b2_
\b2, August 1982.
11162 _
\bR_
\bE_
\bA_
\bD _
\bT_
\bH_
\bI_
\bS
11167 Although the _
\bM_
\bH system was originally developed by the RAND Cor-
11168 poration, and is now in the public domain, the RAND Corporation assumes
11169 no responsibility for _
\bM_
\bH or this particular version of _
\bM_
\bH.
11171 In addition, the Regents of the University of California issue the
11172 following disclaimer in regard to the UCI version of _
\bM_
\bH:
11174 "Although each program has been tested by its contributor, no war-
11175 ranty, express or implied, is made by the contributor or the
11176 University of California, as to the accuracy and functioning of the
11177 program and related program material, nor shall the fact of distri-
11178 bution constitute any such warranty, and no responsibility is
11179 assumed by the contributor or the University of California in con-
11182 This version of _
\bM_
\bH is in the public domain, and as such, there are
11183 no real restrictions on its use. The _
\bM_
\bH source code and documentation
11184 have no licensing restrictions whatsoever. As a courtesy, the authors
11185 ask only that you provide appropriate credit to the RAND Corporation and
11186 the University of California for having developed the software.
11188 _
\bM_
\bH is a software package that is supported neither by the RAND Cor-
11189 poration nor the University of California. However, since we do use the
11190 software ourselves and plan to continue using (and improving) _
\bM_
\bH, bug
11191 reports and their associated fixes should be reported back to us so that
11192 we may include them in future releases. The current computer mailbox
11193 for _
\bM_
\bH is Bug-MH@ICS.UCI.EDU (in the ARPA Internet), and
11194 ...!ucbvax!ucivax!bug-mh (UUCP). Presently, there are two Internet dis-
11195 cussion groups, MH-Users@ICS.UCI.EDU and MH-Workers@ICS.UCI.EDU.
11196 MH-Workers is for people discussing code changes to _
\bM_
\bH. MH-Users is for
11197 general discussion about how to use _
\bM_
\bH. MH-Users is bi-directionally
11198 gatewayed into USENET as comp.mail.mh.
11200 _
\bH_
\bO_
\bW _
\bT_
\bO _
\bG_
\bE_
\bT _
\bM_
\bH
11202 Since you probably already have _
\bM_
\bH, you may not need to read this
11203 unless you suspect you have an old version. There are two ways to get
11204 the latest release:
11206 1. If you can FTP to the ARPA Internet, use anonymous FTP to
11207 ics.uci.edu [128.195.1.1] and retrieve the file pub/mh/mh-6.8.tar.Z.
11208 This is a tar image after being run through the compress program
11209 (approximately 1.8MB). There should also be a README file in that
11210 directory which tells what the current release of _
\bM_
\bH is, and how to get
11228 This tar file is also available on louie.udel.edu [128.175.1.3] in
11229 portal/mh-6.8.tar.Z. You may also find MH on various other hosts; to
11230 make sure you get the latest version and don't waste your time re-fixing
11231 bugs, it's best to get it from either ics.uci.edu or louie.udel.edu.
11233 2. You can send $75 US to the address below. This covers the cost
11234 of a 6250 BPI 9-track magtape, handling, and shipping. In addition,
11235 you'll get a laser-printed hard-copy of the entire MH documentation set.
11236 Be sure to include your USPS address with your check. Checks must be
11237 drawn on U.S. funds and should be made payable to:
11239 Regents of the University of California
11241 The distribution address is:
11243 Computing Support Group
11244 Attn: MH distribution
11245 Department of Information and Computer Science
11246 University of California, Irvine
11251 If you just want the hard-copies of the documentation, you still
11252 have to pay the $75. The tar image has the documentation source (the
11253 manual is in roff format, but the rest are in TeX format). Postscript
11254 formatted versions of the TeX papers are available, as are crude tty-
11255 conversions of those papers.
11294 _
\bF_
\bO_
\bR_
\bE_
\bW_
\bO_
\bR_
\bD
11299 This document describes the RAND _
\bM_
\bH Message Handling System. Its
11300 primary purpose is to serve as a user's manual. It has been heavily
11301 based on a previous version of the manual, prepared by Bruce Borden,
11302 Stockton Gaines, and Norman Shapiro.
11304 _
\bM_
\bH is a particularly novel system, and thus it is often more prone
11305 to change than other pieces of production software. As such, some
11306 specific points in this manual may not be correct in the future. In all
11307 cases, the on-line sections of this manual, available through the
11308 UNIX[1] _
\bm_
\ba_
\bn command, should present the most current information.
11310 When reading this document as a user's manual, certain sections are
11311 more interesting than others. The Preface and Summary are not particu-
11312 larly interesting to those interested in learning _
\bM_
\bH. The Introduction
11313 is slightly more interesting, as it touches upon the organization of the
11314 remainder of this document. The most useful sections are the Overview,
11315 Tutorial, and Detailed Description. The Overview should be read by all
11316 _
\bM_
\bH users, regardless of their expertise (beginning, novice, advanced, or
11317 hacker). The Tutorial should be read by all beginning and novice _
\bM_
\bH
11318 users, as it presents a nice description of the _
\bM_
\bH system. The Detailed
11319 Description should be read by the day-to-day user of _
\bM_
\bH, as it spells
11320 out all of the realities of the _
\bM_
\bH system. The Advanced Features sec-
11321 tion discusses some powerful _
\bM_
\bH capabilities for advanced users. Appen-
11322 dix A is particularly useful for novices, as it summarizes the invoca-
11323 tion syntax of all the _
\bM_
\bH commands.
11325 There are also several other documents which may be useful to you:
11326 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bR_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD _
\bM_
\bH _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bH_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bS_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm: _
\bT_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl, which is a tutorial for
11327 _
\bM_
\bH; _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bR_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD _
\bM_
\bH _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bH_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bS_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm: _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bU_
\bC_
\bI _
\bB_
\bB_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bs _
\bF_
\ba_
\bc_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt_
\by, which
11328 describes the BBoards handling under _
\bM_
\bH; _
\bM_
\bH._
\b5: _
\bH_
\bo_
\bw _
\bt_
\bo _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\bs _
\b2_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\b-
11329 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs _
\ba _
\bd_
\ba_
\by _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bs_
\bt_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl _
\bg_
\be_
\bt _
\bs_
\bo_
\bm_
\be _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl _
\bw_
\bo_
\br_
\bk _
\bd_
\bo_
\bn_
\be, which was presented at
11330 the 1985 Summer Usenix Conference and Exhibition in Portland, Oregon;
11331 _
\bM_
\bH: _
\bA _
\bM_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br _
\bA_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt, which has been accepted for publication
11332 by Computer Networks; _
\bM_
\bZ_
\bn_
\be_
\bt: _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl _
\bS_
\be_
\br_
\bv_
\bi_
\bc_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bP_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl _
\bM_
\bi_
\bc_
\br_
\bo-_
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt_
\be_
\br
11333 _
\bS_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm_
\bs, which was presented at the First International Symposium on
11334 Computer Message Systems in Nottingham, U.K.; and, _
\bD_
\be_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bT_
\bT_
\bI
11335 _
\bP_
\br_
\bo_
\bt_
\bo_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bT_
\br_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bd _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl _
\bA_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt, which describes a proprietary "trusted"
11336 mail system built on _
\bM_
\bH. There are also documents, mostly specific to
11337 U.C. Irvine which you may find interesting: _
\bM_
\bH _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bB_
\be_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\bs, and _
\bM_
\bH _
\bf_
\bo_
\br
11338 _
\bM_
\bM _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs. All of these documents exist in the _
\bm_
\bh._
\b6 distribution sent to
11339 your site. There's also a document, _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\be_
\bs _
\bt_
\bo _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bR_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD _
\bM_
\bH _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bH_
\ba_
\bn_
\b-
11340 _
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bS_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm: _
\bM_
\bH._
\b6, which describes user-visible changes made to _
\bM_
\bH
11341 since the last major release.
11344 [1] UNIX is a trademark of AT&T Bell Laboratories.
11360 This manual is very large, as it describes a large, powerful system
11361 in gruesome detail. The important thing to remember is:
11364 _
\bD_
\bO_
\bN'_
\bT _
\bP_
\bA_
\bN_
\bI_
\bC[_
\b2]
11367 As explained in the tutorial, you really need to know only 5 commands to
11368 handle most of your mail.
11370 Very advanced users may wish to consult _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bR_
\bA_
\bN_
\bD _
\bM_
\bH _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bH_
\ba_
\bn_
\b-
11371 _
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bS_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm: _
\bA_
\bd_
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br'_
\bs _
\bG_
\bu_
\bi_
\bd_
\be, which is also present in the _
\bm_
\bh._
\b6
11372 distribution sent to your site.
11410 [2] Note the large, _
\bf_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\by letters.
11426 _
\bA_
\bC_
\bK_
\bN_
\bO_
\bW_
\bL_
\bE_
\bD_
\bG_
\bM_
\bE_
\bN_
\bT_
\bS
11431 The _
\bM_
\bH system described herein is based on the original RAND _
\bM_
\bH
11432 system. It has been extensively developed (perhaps too much so) by
11433 Marshall T. Rose and John L. Romine at the University of California,
11434 Irvine. Einar A. Stefferud, Jerry N. Sweet, and Terry P. Domae provided
11435 numerous suggestions to improve the UCI version of _
\bM_
\bH. Of course, a
11436 large number of people have helped _
\bM_
\bH along. The list of ``_
\bM_
\bH immor-
11437 tals'' is too long to list here. However, Van Jacobson deserves a spe-
11438 cial acknowledgement for his tireless work in improving the performance
11439 of _
\bM_
\bH. Some programs have been speeded-up by a factor of 10 or 20. All
11440 of users of _
\bM_
\bH, everywhere, owe a special thanks to Van. For this
11441 release, numerous _
\bM_
\bH-_
\bW_
\bo_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs sent in fixes and other changes. A handful
11442 of courageous _
\bM_
\bH-_
\bW_
\bo_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs volunteered to beta-test these changes; their
11443 help is particularly appreciated.
11445 This manual is based on the original _
\bM_
\bH manual written at RAND by
11446 Bruce Borden, Stockton Gaines, and Norman Shapiro.
11492 _
\bP_
\bR_
\bE_
\bF_
\bA_
\bC_
\bE
11497 This report describes a system for dealing with messages transmit-
11498 ted on a computer. Such messages might originate with other users of
11499 the same computer or might come from an outside source through a network
11500 to which the user's computer is connected. Such computer-based message
11501 systems are becoming increasingly widely used, both within and outside
11502 the Department of Defense.
11504 The message handling system _
\bM_
\bH was developed for two reasons. One
11505 was to investigate some research ideas concerning how a message system
11506 might take advantage of the architecture of the UNIX time-sharing
11507 operating system for Digital Equipment Corporation PDP-11 and VAX com-
11508 puters, and the special features of UNIX's command-level interface with
11509 the user (the "shell"). The other reason was to provide a better and
11510 more adaptable base than that of conventional designs on which to build
11511 a command and control message system. The effort has succeeded in both
11512 regards, although this report mainly describes the message system itself
11513 and how it fits in with UNIX.
11515 The present report should be of interest to three groups of
11516 readers. First, it is a complete reference manual for the users of _
\bM_
\bH.
11517 Second, it should be of interest to those who have a general knowledge
11518 of computer-based message systems, both in civilian and military appli-
11519 cations. Finally, it should be of interest to those who build large
11520 subsystems that interface with users, since it illustrates a new
11521 approach to such interfaces.
11523 The original _
\bM_
\bH system was developed by Bruce Borden, using an
11524 approach suggested by Stockton Gaines and Norman Shapiro. Valuable
11525 assistance was provided by Phyllis Kantar in the later stages of the
11526 system's implementation. Several colleagues contributed to the ideas
11527 included in this system, particularly Robert Anderson and David Crocker.
11528 In addition, valuable experience in message systems, and a valuable
11529 source of ideas, was available to us in the form of a previous message
11530 system for UNIX called MS, designed at RAND by David Crocker.
11532 This report was originally prepared as part of the RAND project
11533 entitled "Data Automation Research", sponsored by Project AIR FORCE.
11558 _
\bS_
\bU_
\bM_
\bM_
\bA_
\bR_
\bY
11563 Electronic communication of text messages is becoming commonplace.
11564 Computer-based message systems-software packages that provide tools for
11565 dealing with messages-are used in many contexts. In particular, message
11566 systems are becoming increasingly important in command and control and
11567 intelligence applications.
11569 This report describes a message handling system called _
\bM_
\bH. This
11570 system provides the user with tools to compose, send, receive, store,
11571 retrieve, forward, and reply to messages. _
\bM_
\bH has been built on the UNIX
11572 time-sharing system, a popular operating system developed for the DEC
11573 PDP-11 and VAX classes of computers.
11575 A complete description of _
\bM_
\bH is given for users of the system. For
11576 those who do not intend to use the system, this description gives a gen-
11577 eral idea of what a message system is like. The system involves some
11578 new ideas about how large subsystems can be constructed.
11580 The interesting and unusual features of _
\bM_
\bH include the following:
11581 The user command interface to _
\bM_
\bH is the UNIX "shell" (the standard UNIX
11582 command interpreter). Each separable component of message handling,
11583 such as message composition or message display, is a separate command.
11584 Each program is driven from and updates a private user environment,
11585 which is stored as a file between program invocations. This private
11586 environment also contains information to "custom tailor" _
\bM_
\bH to the
11587 individual's tastes. _
\bM_
\bH stores each message as a separate file under
11588 UNIX, and it utilizes the tree-structured UNIX file system to organize
11589 groups of files within separate directories or "folders". All of the
11590 UNIX facilities for dealing with files and directories, such as renam-
11591 ing, copying, deleting, cataloging, off-line printing, etc., are appli-
11592 cable to messages and directories of messages (folders). Thus, impor-
11593 tant capabilities needed in a message system are available in _
\bM_
\bH without
11594 the need (often seen in other message systems) for code that duplicates
11595 the facilities of the supporting operating system. It also allows users
11596 familiar with the shell to use _
\bM_
\bH with minimal effort.
11624 _
\bC_
\bO_
\bN_
\bT_
\bE_
\bN_
\bT_
\bS
11629 READ THIS ......................................................... i
11631 FOREWORD .......................................................... iii
11633 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS ................................................... v
11635 PREFACE ........................................................... vi
11637 SUMMARY ........................................................... vii
11641 1. INTRODUCTION ............................................... 1
11643 2. OVERVIEW ................................................... 4
11645 3. TUTORIAL ................................................... 7
11647 4. DETAILED DESCRIPTION ....................................... 10
11648 THE USER PROFILE ............................................. 10
11649 MESSAGE NAMING ............................................... 13
11650 OTHER MH CONVENTIONS ......................................... 14
11651 MH COMMANDS .................................................. 16
11652 ALI ....................................................... 17
11653 ANNO ...................................................... 19
11654 BBC ....................................................... 21
11655 BBOARDS ................................................... 24
11656 BURST ..................................................... 26
11657 COMP ...................................................... 28
11658 DIST ...................................................... 30
11659 FOLDER .................................................... 33
11660 FORW ...................................................... 37
11661 INC ....................................................... 41
11662 MARK ...................................................... 44
11663 MHL ....................................................... 46
11664 MHMAIL .................................................... 51
11665 MHOOK ..................................................... 53
11666 MHPARAM ................................................... 55
11667 MHPATH .................................................... 57
11668 MSGCHK .................................................... 60
11669 MSH ....................................................... 61
11670 NEXT ...................................................... 65
11671 PACKF ..................................................... 66
11672 PICK ...................................................... 67
11673 PREV ...................................................... 72
11674 PROMPTER .................................................. 73
11675 RCVSTORE .................................................. 76
11690 REFILE .................................................... 78
11691 REPL ...................................................... 80
11692 RMF ....................................................... 84
11693 RMM ....................................................... 86
11694 SCAN ...................................................... 88
11695 SEND ...................................................... 91
11696 SHOW ...................................................... 94
11697 SLOCAL .................................................... 97
11698 SORTM ..................................................... 102
11699 VMH ....................................................... 104
11700 WHATNOW ................................................... 106
11701 WHOM ...................................................... 108
11702 MORE DETAILS ................................................. 110
11703 MH-ALIAS .................................................. 111
11704 MH-FORMAT ................................................. 115
11705 MH-MAIL ................................................... 124
11706 MH-PROFILE ................................................ 128
11707 MH-SEQUENCE ............................................... 136
11708 AP ........................................................ 140
11709 CONFLICT .................................................. 142
11710 DP ........................................................ 144
11711 FMTDUMP ................................................... 146
11712 INSTALL-MH ................................................ 147
11713 POST ...................................................... 148
11715 5. REPORTING PROBLEMS ......................................... 150
11717 6. ADVANCED FEATURES .......................................... 151
11718 USER-DEFINED SEQUENCES ....................................... 151
11719 Pick and User-Defined Sequences ........................... 151
11720 Mark and User-Defined Sequences ........................... 153
11721 Public and Private User-Defined Sequences ................. 153
11722 Sequence Negation ......................................... 153
11723 The Previous Sequence ..................................... 154
11724 The Unseen Sequence ....................................... 154
11725 COMPOSITION OF MAIL .......................................... 155
11726 The Draft Folder .......................................... 155
11727 What Happens if the Draft Exists .......................... 157
11728 The Push Option at What now? Level ........................ 157
11729 Options at What now? Level ................................ 158
11730 Digests ................................................... 159
11731 FOLDER HANDLING .............................................. 160
11732 Relative Folder Addressing ................................ 160
11733 The Folder-Stack .......................................... 161
11736 A. Command Summary ............................................ 162
11737 B. Message Name BNF ........................................... 166
11739 REFERENCES ........................................................ 167
11797 Based on the original manual by
11799 Borden, Gaines, and Shapiro